HOME

(1 April 2020) – Is it about to get Biblical up in here?…

As people the world over huddle in their homes waiting for the (fake) Coronavirus plague to pass over them, does it remind you of a certain Bible story?

I remember back when I was a kid and would watch The Ten Commandments on TV every Easter. In the part of the movie that showed Passover night, the Hebrew slaves spread lamb’s blood around their doors and sheltered-in-place as they heard the screams of the Egyptians being killed by a misty green plague sent by their god. So with this in mind, have a look at what showed up on a key prophecy propaganda site yesterday…

…from Breaking Israel News (get a load of the part in red). Here is an excerpt…

Due to Health Ministry restrictions relating to the coronavirus pandemic, the Sanhedrin was forced to cancel the korban Pesach (Passover offering) reenactment for the first time in nine years. As a result, the Sanhedrin is preparing for an actual sacrifice fully consistent with Biblical requirements, brought on the Temple Mount, as a means of ending the pandemic. The Sanhedrin has issued a formal request from the leaders of Israel and the U.S. to allow this to happen…

“We are preparing for the possibility that the actual Korban Pesach will take place on the Temple Mount on the eve of Pesach,” Rabbi Weiss said. “If the government decides to allow it, we must be ready to go up and begin the service.”…

The project is of the utmost importance for all of mankind,” Rabbi Weiss said. He noted that the original Passover sacrifice offered in Egypt on the night before the Exodus was intended to stop the final plague which was described as a נֶגֶף (negef: disease). In addition, King David purchased the Temple Mount, built an altar, and offered a sacrifice to stop a plague.

So if the globalists proceed with this little show on the Temple Mount on April 8, what are the odds that the plague will actually stop? I’d say they’re pretty good, because there is no way they would put on such a show if they didn’t intend to end the hoax afterwards; it would make a mockery of Judaism and jeopardize their effort to rebuild the Third Temple.

And speaking of that effort, will the Jewish attempt to stage this sacrifice on the closed-to-the-public Temple Mount touch off a battle with the Muslims? Will that battle lead to the destruction of Al Aqsa Mosque in the crossfire, opening the door for construction of the Third Temple? Will the reincarnation of King David, the Moshiach ben David, end the battle and attend the ritual?

Also, given that Passover — which is April 8-16 this year — is associated with “god moving decisively against the enemies of his people held in bondage,” will the mass arrests be scheduled for that time period? I’d say the odds are pretty good given that April 12, which is Easter here in the West, is also the anniversary of the start of the American Civil War. Didn’t Trump say we were in for a rough couple of weeks yesterday? Didn’t he also say that the Coronavirus plague would suddenly end one day, and didn’t he set expectations for an “Easter miracle“?

With elements of the mainstream media now narrating Xi Jinping’s victory over the Coronavirus in March, we now have a March prophecy marker event that establishes the beginning of a continuing action to “defeat the Coronavirus hoax and the Deep State Satanists behind it,” possibly by Eastern Orthodox Easter (April 19).

More to come…

(31 March 2020) – The globalists may be moving the mass arrests to coincide with Passover (April 8-16). I’ll explain why later today.

So watch for Putin to extend Russia’s one-week “paid holiday” to Orthodox Easter (April 19).

On another note, look at the email the city sent me this morning…

They are effectively banning all speech and free assembly that does not occur over the electronic means they monitor and control. Our Texas ancestors are rolling in their graves.

America: the land of the free house-arrested and the home of the brave beta cucks.

So to the reader in Australia who is so disappointed in his countrymen, I point out that it’s happening everywhere. And yes, the sleepers are hypnotized. We’re all wrapped up in an interactive Hollywood movie — a globalist Rocky Horror Picture Show — and the audience is standing when they’re supposed to stand, singing when they’re supposed to sing, dancing when they’re supposed to dance, and cowering when they’re supposed to cower. And at the end of this movie when the “heroes” show up to save the lemmings, they’ll applaud when they’re supposed to applaud.

But do not be swayed by current appearances; they are the bitter fruits of the seeds the globalists have been planting for hundreds of years. The seeds we have planted will bear fruit in due time. Keep your hand on the plow.

(30 March 2020) – It should be noted that there is one place in the world where the Coronavirus hoax is ending: Xi’s China…

…from Forbes

Will “Avatar Xi’s defeat of the COVID-19 plot in China” be the March prophecy marker that signals the beginning of the end of the First Tribulation? We’ll explore that question tomorrow.

(30 March 2020) – More On The “Shadow Coup” Narrative

Should the globalists opt to use the Shadow Coup narrative, they will say that it began on March 11, the day Trump “changed his tune” on the Coronavirus outbreak…

…from The Guardian/YouTube

As you watch the snippets of Trump’s Coronavirus statements in the video, you’ll notice something very interesting starting at the 1:21 mark: Trump goes from looking like himself and saying, “It will go away, just stay calm,” on March 10 to looking like a whipped dog and announcing the suspension of travel from Europe on March 11 (note how he rigidly reads from the teleprompter as though a gun were pointed at his head).

Then on the next day, March 12, there was a big market plunge, followed by the national emergency declaration and a market rally on Friday the 13th. Here’s what I wrote about it at the time…

My, what a difference a day makes! Trump issues a national emergency declaration over COVID-19, and Wall Street rewards him with a market rally. This looks a lot like “Trump as a Good Guy / Hero / Avatar” scripting, and this is how the NWO narrative will describe what happened from the 11th through the 13th…

“The Deep State pressured Trump to declare a Coronavirus lockdown on March 11, but Trump refused, offering only a European travel ban instead. To punish him for this move, Wall Street delivered a crushing stock market decline on Thursday, and they threatened to crash the market limit-down on Friday. Still unwilling to betray the American people by locking them down over a hoax, the master negotiator Trump offered the Deep State a deal: ‘If you’ll spare the markets and the economy, I’ll give you a national emergency declaration.’ The Deep State accepted his offer.”

On top of this, there was another notable development on Friday the 13th: Ivanka Trump stayed home from work at the White House citing a Coronavirus exposure as the reason, and both she and the President were given Coronavirus tests. And after Trump made the emergency declaration that day, he also declared the Ides of March (the day Caesar was killed) a “national day of prayer”…

…from Twitter. This can be sold as a cryptic “cry for help” from a President undergoing a coup.

With these ingredients, the globalists can cook up the following NWO narrative stew…

“On Friday the 13th, the Deep State threatened Trump and his family with death by a biological agent unless he relented in his resistance to a national lockdown. The deaths would be blamed on COVID-19. In response, Trump told Ivanka to stay home and then negotiated over the weekend, finally agreeing on Sunday to issue the CDC recommendations on Monday the 16th in lieu of a federal lockdown. Since the Deep State could use the recommendations to lock down the country at the state and local levels, they agreed, and Trump’s COVID-19 test result was announced as being negative.”

And speaking of state and local lockdowns, you may have noticed today that the tyrannical Democratic Governor of Virginia has locked down his state UNTIL JUNE 10. And the Republican governor of Florida has locked down south Florida THROUGH MID-MAY under pressure from the state’s Democrats…

“Ten Democratic members of the state’s congressional delegation sent a letter to DeSantis last week, calling on him to issue a statewide shelter-in-place order.”

Both Maryland and the District of Columbia have also issued such orders, so the whole National Capital Region is on lockdown (just like Moscow). And all these state and local lockdown orders are so incredibly damaging that they beg for “a White Hat response in defense of the Constitution and to save the country from economic devastation.”

(30 March 2020) – Today I’ll be covering the “Shadow Coup” narrative and getting to some readers’ questions, but let me start with this…

I’ve been getting lots of questions from readers about 5G, so in lieu of a detailed entry on the subject (which I don’t have time to do right now unfortunately), let me say this:

The same controlled alt-media sites and personalities that have been spoon-feeding you the NWO narrative and the COVID-19 hysteria are also feeding you the 5G hysteria. That alone should give you pause. COVID-19 and 5G as weapons of mass depopulation is propaganda fear porn being employed as part of the globalists’ “scare ’em with the Left Hand, then save ’em with the Right Hand” strategy.

That being said…

Is 5G a weaponized technology? – Yes, of course it is. Everything that possibly can be weaponized against the public IS weaponized against the public. It’s standard policy. But don’t expect them to use it for mass murder; its phased array technology is designed to target individuals with steerable beams. And once someone is targeted, it may include a feature that allows them to amp-up the beam power to do some damage.

Why are they rolling it out so quickly? – Besides the obvious applications you can read about in any controlled alt-media fear porn article, what stands out to me is 5G’s ability to target individuals for mood manipulation and customized visual and auditory (“voice in your head”) hallucinations. With 5G, they can take your Big Data psych profile, feed it into an AI algorithm, and hit you with customized “messages.” This will allow for an even more convincing magic show when the time comes to roll out the fake ETs and, later, the Kabbalah Christ. So they are racing to build-out the 5G ground stations and satellite networks before it’s time to cue the magic.

You can read more about the magic show in The UFO/ET Con.

So should you fear 5G? – No, don’t be afraid of anything. That’s no way to live. From the moment you came out of the womb, you began a journey that brings great pain and ends in death. Accept the pain, accept your death, and walk your path in fear of no one and nothing. Fu*k these as*holes and their games.

More to come…

ALERT: 29 March 2020 – Moscow has been put on lockdown. Be advised that if mass arrests of the “Deep State” are initiated, it will happen all over the world at once. And any preemptive attacks or counterattacks by the combined “Deep States” will be aimed at all the scripted heroes, including Trump, Putin, Xi, Modi, Netanyahu, MBS, Bolsonaro, et al. Don’t be surprised if some or all of them fall.

(29 March 2020) – Watch for Trump to “unilaterally and arbitrarily” (according to the rest of the Coronavirus Task Force) announce an April easing of Coronavirus restrictions at one of the Task Force press conferences between today and Tuesday. It would be the spark that ignites the coup. I suspect the drama over the quarantining of New York was staged to make Trump look incompetent in advance of them making their move. I’ll write more on this in today’s updates.

~ later ~

It looks like they’ve abandoned any scenario that calls for a visible March coup over the lockdown: White House Extends Coronavirus Guidelines Until April 30. So if they make a move on Monday or Tuesday, it will have to be based on the “Shadow Coup” scripting covered in today’s update.

ALERT: Watch for a shocking event on Monday or Tuesday
(+ more 23 , and 4)

(28 March 2020) – Yesterday, Trump authorized the military to call up 1 million members of the Reserves and Ready Reserve to active duty. The Ready Reserve are people who have completed their military service but remain under obligation to return to duty in case of war or national emergency. This is coming at the same time we’re hearing that National Guard troops will be initiating door-to-door harassment of the people of Dallas.

On a related note, a known disinformation site floated a new narrative two days ago that there has been a silent coup against Trump and he is essentially a captive president now. If the globalists opt to go with this story, who is calling up the Reserves? “Captive Trump,” who is doing the bidding of the “Deep State,” or “Hero Trump,” who will turn these forces against the “Deep State”?

~ MORE ~

It looks like the delay I wrote about last night will last only a few days.

On Monday, Russia will seal its borders and place its workers on a week-long paid holiday. They’re also “considering” a halt of domestic trains and flights. Such a national lockdown is what you do right before something big, and it’s happening as the globalist script has Trump approaching his end-of-month showdown with the “Deep State” over whether to lock down America or not.

So what we might be facing next week is one of the three alternative scenarios I talked about in the 25 March update. Scroll down a little to the second blue section to read about them.

~ MORE 2 – 29 March 2020 ~

After today, there will be only two days left in March. So if the globalists want to make this month the beginning or end of a prophecy cycle, they have to make a big move on Monday or Tuesday. Specifically, they must initiate the mass arrests of the “Deep State” or start a continuing action that will lead to a period-marking event by either Western or Orthodox Easter (April 12 or 19).

If they start a continuing action, keep an eye on the Temple Mount and the Church of the Nativity, both of which are closed to Jews and Christians right now. If a major world leader stands in one of those places on or before Easter, it will mark our entry into the “Great Tribulation” period and that leader will be the “antichrist” of that period. If no one stands in those places, we’ll see the end of the First Tribulation or another globalist delay by April 19.

I aim to post small updates over the course of the day.

~ MORE 3 ~

If mass arrests of the “Deep State” are initiated in the next two days, it will happen under one of two scenarios…

  1. The Overnight Defeat Scenario I’ve previously covered, in which the “Deep State” attempt a visible coup against Trump that is promptly defeated by “patriot / constitutionalist” forces, or
  2. The Shadow Coup Counterattack Scenario, in which the “patriot / constitutionalist” forces go straight to the mass arrests. The NWO narrative will say that the mass arrests were done to free Trump from a “Shadow Coup” that occurred during the March 11-16 timeframe. (I’ll go into further detail on the Shadow Coup later.)

If a big event other than mass arrests — like a visible, successful coup — is initiated in the next two days, we’ll be looking at a Continuing Action Scenario. I’ll cover that in the next section.

~ MORE 4 ~

A Continuing Action Scenario would involve a March 30-31 event that would trigger a titanic final battle between the (supposed) forces of good (the ‘White Hats’) and evil (the ‘Black Hats’) that would last until Easter. Such a scenario would allow the globalists to point to March as “when things started,” thus keeping to the prophecy fulfillment schedule, and would also afford them time to complete their to-do list of required events (which is covered in the 24 March update further down this page). The March 30-31 event that initiates the Continuing Action Scenario would most likely be carried out by the “White Hats” if the globalists are aiming to end the Great Tribulation, or by the “Black Hats” if they are aiming to start the Great Tribulation.

Tomorrow, we’ll look at the details of the “Shadow Coup” narrative.

Two days to go.

(27 March 2020) – Back in the 15 March update, I said this…

This shutdown will afford the globalists two paths. One leads to the New World Order, and the other leads to further delay. If we’re headed into the NWO, the Fed and the government will launch a package of financial interventions that are designed to fail, but will make it appear that they tried to stop the collapse. But if we’re headed for further delay, they’ll launch a package that will hold off a collapse until they can narrate a stalling of the Coronavirus outbreak due to the April heat.

Well, on Monday the 23rd — after they bailed on staging the coup on the 22nd — the Fed announced that they’d do unlimited asset purchases, blowing past the $700 billion designed-to-fail limit to which they’d previously committed. And today, Trump signed a whopping $2.2 trillion stimulus bill into law.

A delay may be in the works.

(26 March 2020) – A new reader has expressed to me that she’s “terrified,” and I’m guessing she’s not the only one. So here’s what I’d like to say about that…

WHAT YOU SEE HAPPENING IN THE WORLD RIGHT NOW IS JUST A SHOW. The globalists are doing everything they can to foster fear and despair in you in order to create “THE DARKNESS BEFORE THE DAWN,” and things will look even darker if they go ahead with the coup this month. But don’t despair, because not too long after that they’ll show us the “DAWN OF A NEW DAY” by rolling out their benevolent-looking NWO.

Putting it another way: the globalists are attempting to overwhelm us with fear and problems so we’ll happily accept the solution they’re going to offer: the NWO. They’re not really out to kill you or enslave you in a totalitarian nightmare system — at least not now (that part will come a few years later) — so take a chill pill.

Here’s another thing: what people fear most is the unknown, especially if it’s dark out. And the best way to stop that fear is to make the unknown known — to look ahead with a flashlight at what’s coming your way and become familiar with it so it will be absorbed into your comfort zone. That’s why it is critically important that all readers take the time to read the first three parts of An Introduction to What’s Really Going On, which is the bottom part of this page. It is a flashlight you can use to make the unknown known.

What follows is an example of what you’ll find there. It is something I wrote back in 2013 about the moment we are currently experiencing, and the only part of the script that has changed since then is who will intervene to stop the war…

Let’s begin with the Cliff’s Notes version of the basic three-step process I see them trying to implement:

Create a PROBLEM – Through social engineering and the power of mass media, they have created dissatisfaction and dissociation with our old social forms and norms, including the traditional religions, in order to make us amenable to a new order of things. They’ve also sicced their dark dogs on us, who’ve been enthusiastically preparing a vast global police state grid, an economic and military conflagration, and a mass culling of the population.

Generate a REACTION – Through the engineered truth movement, they have advertised the actions of their dark minions in order to create fear in the population as well as a strong desire for some escape from what they have planned [here is a prime example]. They’ve also been disseminating vastly more accurate spiritual information through false-light channelings and New Age gurus for those weary of the old religions, but have blended in some misleading ideas that will be useful to them later.

Offer a SOLUTION – They’ll allow their minions to go to the brink (or a bit past the brink) of unleashing their planned horrors upon the world so people will desperately grasp for any solution. The solution will then be offered by the BRICS nations in the form of a new precious metals-backed financial system and by a BRICS-allied “alien” power who will come onto the scene to stop the wars and address urgent needs. With a timely arrival to save the day, they are expecting the relieved public to warmly embrace their version of a “love and light” New World Order of (apparent) freedom, as well as the “aliens” and their “god,” who will pose as Prime Creator/Source (but he/she/it IS NOT).

With the overview in place, let’s now delve into some of the juicy details of offering the solution

The dark minions and Homeland Security types who have been preparing the Great Culling and the global police state genuinely believe they’ll get to slaughter lots of people, and they are orgasmically licking their chops in anticipation. They kinda remind me of the character “Psycho” from the movie Stripes…

…“All I know is I finally get to kill somebody”…
psycho

Naturally, it is essential to the overall plan that actors on the lower levels of the power/awareness pyramid sincerely believe their roles and make concrete preparations for the Culling. The threat they pose would be unconvincing otherwise. Unfortunately for the planners, though, the general population is so distracted and drugged-out from other Cabal activities that they’re having a hard time generating the desired awareness and fear. Unintended consequences are a bi*ch, aren’t they? Nonetheless, when the economy suddenly grinds to a halt, war actions have begun, and thugs in armored cars can be seen on the streets, that should provide enough of a wake-up slap to get the attention of the public.

Once a crescendo of awareness and fear has been reached, that’s when the surprise will come. As if out of nowhere, military and economic forces will jump into action to bring a dead stop to the unfolding nightmare. Posing as a benevolent alliance, they will commandeer all media to broadcast in-depth exposes of all that has been going on behind the scenes in our world. The public will be both shocked and jubilant to finally hear the truth, and it will wash over them like a tsunami. Unfortunately, this limited hangout truth tsunami is intended to carry them away towards an acceptance of the real New World Order.

Earlier versions of the globalist script for this time called for an “alien” intervention, but we’ll more likely see an intervention from the “Secret Space Program” / US Space Force in the current script. The fake ETs will be rolled out later.

NOTE: I’ve expanded the note below and updated The Looming Battle of April Fools’ Weekend section. To see the update, scroll down a little to the section in blue.

(25 March 2020) – Watch the G20 Emergency Virtual Summit and the US House of Representatives

What we see this weekend will be telegraphed by what comes out of the G20 emergency virtual summit tomorrow and the House of Representatives tomorrow or Friday. If the G20 fail to reach agreement on a coordinated response to the COVID-19 (manufactured) crisis and the House of Representatives fail to pass the Senate’s stimulus package, the weekend festivities will be in play. But if both the G20 and House come through, it may signal the globalists are pressing the delay button.

~ MORE ~

Well lookie-lookie here…

…from the Drudge Report

Could it be that the COVID-19 Psyop will be used to narrate the deaths of the Queen and Prince Charles, opening the way for Prince William to take the throne? We’ll have to keep an eye on him for an antichrist role either in the First Tribulation or the Second.

(24 March 2020) – Be on the lookout for Trump to appear “out of it” and “confused” in public before the weekend. This may be done to bolster the case for his “incapacitation,” and will later be attributed to Trump “being drugged by the Deep State to facilitate their coup.” I’ve seen preparatory propaganda for this (Deep State Drugging Trump Ahead of Coup, Sources Say; ‘A little sedated’: Pelosi speculates Trump was drugged during SOTU).


The Looming Battle of April Fools’ Weekend

(23 March 2020) – It appears that we’ve won the Battle of 322 Weekend. The globalists sounded the retreat this morning by having the Federal Reserve announce limitless asset purchases to “support” the markets. This will provide cover for stabilizing the markets for a few days and allowing Congress to drag out the battle over the stimulus bill till next weekend (if they still intend to use its failure as a mechanism for the next market crash).

Of course, winning the Battle of 322 Weekend doesn’t mean the War of March 2020 is over quite yet. In fact, they have rescheduled their 322 shenanigans for the time period of March 28 through April 1. Here is how they’re doing it…

…from Zero Hedge. Here is an excerpt…

President Trump is weighing whether or not to ease restrictions on self-quarantine in order to avoid economic chaos — tweeting on Sunday about reassessing the nation’s course on a lockdown to halt the spread of coronavirus.

According to Bloomberg, Trump began talking privately late last week about reopening the nation after a 15-day waiting period, as coronavirus cases continue to rise — going against the advice of health professionals such as Dr. Anthony S. Fauci, who says we need to continue the lockdown for a ‘few more weeks.’

Can you see how this sets the stage for an end-of-month “titanic battle between the lockdown-demanding Deep State and the hoax-aware Trump,” resulting in a cabinet coup?

~ MORE – 24 March 2020 ~

Globalist Scripting for the Cabinet Coup and Its Aftermath

If the globalists are aiming to launch the multilateral/multipolar NWO in September, there are some things they are obligated to accomplish before the current situation reaches its climax. Among these are…

  • the destruction or shutdown of the current financial system, so the NWO financial system can be brought online,
  • the defeat of the supposed “communist / socialist / leftist / Nazi / Zionist / Islamist / Western globalist attack upon America,” so the “right-wing” libertarian / Austrian economist NWO can rise to power,
  • the death of the Pope(s) and the destruction of Rome in accordance with the Third Secret of Fatima prophecy and/or the Zohar prophecy, so the Eastern Orthodox Church can take the global helm of Christianity,
  • the launch of the short, sharp Middle East war that will level Al Aqsa Mosque, so the Third Temple can be built, and
  • the staging of the big nuclear war scare, so the world will welcome a “reformed, stronger, more representative” UN “so this will never happen again.”

To accomplish all these goals, the globalists can go for one sudden “Perfect Storm” over the course of 4 days, or they can stretch it out over the next few months. Here’s what a 4-day “Perfect Storm” would look like…

On Saturday, March 28, they would do the cabinet coup — this would allow them to tie it to the anti-Xi Chicoms (since it would be done on the 88th day of the year to ensure “good fortune” for the endeavor — remember that “the 2008 Beijing Olympics opened on 8/8/08 at 8 p.m.“). The coup would take down Trump, perhaps “incapacitating” him or “killing” him in the process, thus allowing Pence to take over the presidency and order an immediate national “coronavirus” lockdown.

Very soon after the coup and lockdown, the globalists would stage a big false-flag attack to be blamed on Iran. “The Iranians tried to kick us when we were down,” President Pence would say, “attacking us at a moment they perceive us to be weak, but we will show them that our strength is undiminished.” He would then order strikes on Iran, which would kick off the war.

During the short, sharp war, Al Aqsa Mosque would be destroyed in the crossfire between the Palestinians and Israelis, and Rome would be attacked “in retribution” (but actually by Israeli missiles posing as Iranian missiles fired from Lebanon). And with shocking speed, the conflict would elevate to a nuclear showdown between the US and Russia+China as Pence tries to use the Middle East war as cover to move on “the final enemies of the Western NWO, Vladimir Putin and Xi Jinping.”

Then, when the situation looks darkest, brilliant objects will suddenly appear in the sky. The mere sight of them will bring an immediate halt to the fighting. These objects will be the “UFOs” of the Secret Space Program / US Space Force. And in concert with their appearance, the “White Hats / patriots / constitutionalists in the military and intelligence agencies” will move to take down President Pence and start mass-arresting the “Deep State.” This would most likely happen on or before March 31 to ensure a “clean” prophecy fulfillment for the “End of the Great Tribulation.”

~ MORE –  25 March 2020 ~

Additional Notes and Scenarios

Today, I’ll be covering some additional details related to the 4-Day Perfect Storm scenario, then I’ll move on to three other scenarios we might see.

Here are some notes on the Perfect Storm…

  • Regarding the reason for a 4-day scenario: By having Trump “crucified” on Day 1, the saviors can burst onto the scene on the third day after the takedown, Day 4. This would parallel the “death and resurrection of Christ” story, which would be a cute touch on the globalists’ part.
  • Regarding the destruction or shutdown of the current financial system: The final demolition charges to take down the old financial system would be the failure of the stimulus bill paired with the takedown of Trump and the national lockdown order. Faced with no stimulus and a total lockdown with no end in sight, investors who were heartened by news of Trump ending the lockdowns and Congress passing a stimulus would stampede for the exits.
  • Regarding the takedown of Trump on the 88th day of the year: A reader has reminded me that the number 88 also holds significance for the Neo-Nazis. “H” is the 8th letter in the alphabet, so the number 88 represents “HH” (“Heil Hitler”). The Nazis are, of course, one of the globalist ideological groups that have been assigned the “black hat” role.

Besides the 4-Day Perfect Storm Scenario, which would provide a clean end to the 7-year First Tribulation period, here are some alternative scenarios we might see…

ALTERNATIVE 1: The Overnight Defeat Scenario, in which a cabinet coup is attempted on the 28th or 31st (the last day before Trump starts reopening the country), but defeated overnight. This too would provide a clean end to the First Tribulation and would leave Trump free to reveal the COVID-19 hoax on April Fools’ Day. They would then narrate that “Deep State attempts to start a war in the Middle East, destroy Rome, and initiate a nuclear war were prevented by the joint efforts of Vladimir Putin, Donald Trump, Benjamin Netanyahu, Xi Jinping, Narendra Modi, Qasem Soleimani, et al.”

ALTERNATIVE 2: The Days Cut Short Scenario, in which a successful coup this month would be narrated as the start of the Great Tribulation. The plotters would then be defeated by the “White Hat” counterattack by either Easter (April 12) or mid-September. And to explain why the Great Tribulation didn’t last its full 3.5 years, the prophecy propagandists would lean on a Bible verse, Matthew 24:22

“If those days had not been cut short, no one would survive, but for the sake of the elect those days will be shortened.”

ALTERNATIVE 3: The Great Tribulation Scenario, in which a successful coup this month would be narrated as the start of the Great Tribulation (which is the second half of the 7-year First Tribulation period). The Great Tribulation would then span its full 3.5 years to September of 2023, at which point the Second Tribulation would start and extend as far as September of 2030. This would allow the globalists to include the Apophis asteroid strike scenario the prophecy propagandists have been squawking about.

I may enhance and extend this section over the course of the day.


(22 March 2020) – Tomorrow, the 23rd, is the final day in the 19th to 23rd mischief window, so we’ll need to watch…

  • the economic stimulus bill (for its possible failure to pass the Senate),
  • the markets (for a resulting limit-down crash), and
  • the news (for widespread language that “COVID-19 infections have gone exponential”).

We’ll have to watch every day for the rest of March, of course, but the only day past the 23rd that might have any numerological significance to the globalists would be Saturday the 28th. It is the 88th day of the year, symbolizing “fortune and good luck” in Chinese culture.

And here’s an interesting development: 5 Republican Senators are now “in quarantine,” which means the Republican majority in the Senate is down to 48-47. One of the quarantined Senators, Mike Lee, is an ally of Rand Paul, and another of them is Mitt Romney. It smells fishy.

Heads Up: The Coronavirus Task Force will hold a briefing today at 3:30 PM Texas Time (4:30 Eastern). Here are two things that could happen:

  1. Vice President Pence will announce that Trump has been removed under the 25th Amendment, and that a national “Coronavirus” lockdown will begin immediately.
  2. “Trump will give the Deep State what they want by announcing a national lockdown,” then turn around and start mass arresting them when Congress gathers to pass the Coronavirus relief bill on Monday.

~ later ~

The briefing started nearly an hour and a half late, and Trump walked in. So it looks like the roaches have scattered for the moment. 9 more days to go.

Warning: This news may indicate that the coup is imminent…

…from Twitter

If the globalists proceed with their plans, the NWO narrative will say this about Rand Paul’s quarantine: “The White Hats, sensing that a coup against Trump was imminent, moved Rand Paul to a secure location under the cover story of a COVID-19 quarantine.”

(22 March 2020) – I saved a snapshot of this page on the Internet Archive yesterday…

And when I went back today, I saw that they replaced it with a snapshot that omits the 21 March updates. This means I was right over the target in a very sensitive area for them. So be sure to spread the 21 March updates with screenshots or copying and pasting. Of course, when I go back to the Archive, I’ll probably find my snapshot restored. That’s how they usually play it.

(21 March 2020) – After the coup and mass arrests, watch for the rise of President Rand Paul and Vice President Tulsi Gabbard. I’ve written about this scenario before, but I just now remembered it and it fits the current situation very well. I’ll write more about it this afternoon.

~ MORE ~

Any upcoming crippling of the government will not come from Coronavirus, but from mass arrests of the entire cabinet, almost all of Congress, and almost all senior non-elected officials. With that in mind, have a look at this…

…from Newsweek. This is what they wrote in the concluding paragraph…

The plans state that the government continues essential functions under all circumstances, even if that is with the devolved second string or under temporary military command. One of the “national essential functions”, according to Federal Continuity Directive 1 is that the government “provid[e] leadership visible to the Nation and the world … [while] maintaining the trust and confidence of the American people” The question is whether a faceless elite could ever provide that confidence, preserving government command but also adding to public panic. That could be a virus too.

So whom could the military put forward as visible leadership that would maintain the trust and confidence of ALL the American people, both Republican and Democrat? Well these two faces would do quite nicely, wouldn’t they?…

…from Activist Post

~ MORE ~

Rome-related prophecies and Roman history & symbolism play a prominent role in the globalists’ scripting of the NWO transition. And back in early 2017, I noted that in the scripted political relationship between Donald Trump and Rand Paul, the globalists might be mirroring that of Rome’s Gaius Julius Vindex and Servius Sulpicius Galba. To make a long story short, Vindex led a rebellion against the evil Emperor Nero, but failed militarily and committed suicide. Later, the man he supported to take Nero’s place, Galba, became emperor due to military support. Emperor Galba then honored the fallen Vindex for making it all possible.

So with that bit of history in mind, here are some snippets I wrote over the years about what might be planned for Trump, Paul, and Gabbard…

Snippet 1: The Christian protagonists are… Donald Trump and Rand Paul playing the roles of Vindex and Galba, respectively. Once Paul ascends to the presidency, he will mend the rift with Putin and lead America into its diminished world role and its place at the new multilateral / multipolar UN round table.

Snippet 2: And according to the true narrative, Trump will be replaced because that’s what the globalists’ Vindex script calls for: Vindex strives and fails. The Empire takes the world to the brink of total destruction. The last holdout (Putin) saves the day. And Galba (Rand Paul) leads America to “freedom,” singing the praises of the fallen Vindex.

Snippet 3: As for which way the globalists will take it from there, there’s no way of knowing. We could see the “Trump Triumphant” scenario in which the white hats save Trump and prevent the war OR the “Vindex Falls” scenario in which Trump is “killed” and the white hats step in to stop a full-on nuclear exchange. We’ll just have to wait and see how hard and fast the globalists want to push. Time is not on their side.

Snippet 4: Faced with the prospect of a media-instigated-and-hyped civil war if he remains as president, will the script call for him to “do the best thing for the country by resigning” (as was recently suggested by a former colleague)? I wrote about Trump’s role as Vindex back in February, and Vindex’s attempted revolution against Nero ended with Vindex’s suicide. So the “political suicide” of Trump’s resignation would symbolically fulfill the script.

Snippet 5: On the matter of sanctions and US-Russian relations, hearing the Russians complain of Trump’s weakness goes back to what I talked about in Update 5…

Under the new “Vindex Falls” scenario in which Trump is deposed, the white hats will not step up to rescue him because they view him as too weak to stand up to the black hats.

So when the “neolib-neocon deep state” comes for Trump, who will save him? Nobody, that’s who. He is scripted to fall, and the “progressive deep state” counter-coup will not come until we are pushed to the brink of nuclear war.

Snippet 6: At some point the military will step in to stop the madness, and the people will cheer. “Mass Arrests” will clear Washington of pretty much everyone except the globalist-chosen new leaders (like Rand Paul, Tulsi Gabbard, etc.).

Snippet 7: As for the military coup / mass arrests in the US, it would save Trump if he’s still alive, or it would install the highest ranking official who isn’t arrested, either Rand Paul or some other conservative caretaker. After the coup, Rand Paul or Tulsi Gabbard would be elected as the first NWO President of the US (I would include Elizabeth Warren in that list, but I think “Pocahontas” has lost too much credibility and is too closely tied to the leftists).

Snippet 8: But there is a double edge to this sword: a scripted Trump triumph over the plot would lead to Vice President Rand Paul. This would put Paul into position to take over the presidency when Trump steps down after the Big Crisis. Paul would then offer the vice presidency to Democrat Tulsi Gabbard as a gesture to promote “national unity and healing.”

Later on, I’ll write about how the Paul/Gabbard scenario would unfold in the current situation. In the meantime, you might want to read this 2017 entry: Rand Paul and the Phony Holy War.

~ MORE ~

Now let’s project our minds forward to the start of the Big Event…

  • It begins with a cabinet coup against Trump that could include his “incapacitation” or “death.”
  • The Pence regime then locks down the country and brings us to the brink of nuclear war, forcing the military to take action to save the country by putting down the coup and arresting everyone involved, including almost all the Republican and Democratic officials in Washington.
  • All these events cause a freakout among 98% of the American people (with the other 2%, including me, drinking wine and eating popcorn and laughing our asses off at the crazy monkey show).

So how does the military then calm people down? How do they convince the American people that they’re not aiming for a military junta? – It’s simple: by restoring civilian leadership in the form of the President, who is Commander-In-Chief of the military. And with almost everyone in Washington, D.C. under arrest for various high crimes, they would select the most senior elected official who wasn’t arrested, which would be US Senator Rand Paul. He would serve as interim President until the November election.

And how would they gain the trust and confidence of rank-and-file Democrats fearful of a Republican-military junta? – By having President Paul select one of the few elected Democratic officials who wasn’t arrested, Tulsi Gabbard, for Vice President. I suspect this is why Gabbard dropped out of the presidential race two days ago and endorsed Joe Biden. Before accepting the vice presidency from a Republican president, she wanted to burnish her credentials as a “good Democrat” and “team player” so the Democrats would follow her.

If you take time to think about it, this scenario would work much better than trying to bring back Trump. Even if Trump is seen to be totally vindicated by what happens in the coming weeks, half of the country will still hate him because of the deep emotional programming they’ve absorbed from the mass media. A Paul/Gabbard administration would be free of all that, and could herald a “new age” of reasonable bipartisanship in the US government. That’s how the globalists designed it to work.

(21 March 2020) – A message to the globalists:

Tick-tock tick-tock, muthafuggaz…

Don’t mind us watching you… go ahead…

And a message to readers: the globalists have a number of boxes to check on their BIG EVENT to-do list, and it will take more than a weekend to get through them all. So watch for the peak drama and resolution to continue into next week and possibly through April Fools Day (which would be an apropos day to reveal the COVID-19 hoax). It is only if we can get past March with no BIG EVENT and no prophecy marker events that we’ll have a victory on our hands.

(20 March 2020) – The NWO Narrative of COVID-19, the Coup, and the Mass Arrests

I’m short on time this morning, so I’ll go ahead and post the CliffsNotes version of the NWO narrative that will describe what happened with COVID-19, the coup against Trump, and the mass arrests of the “evil Deep State” that will follow. Remember that this is not my narrative, nor is it true; it’s just the story “our saviors” will tell us after they vanquish the designated fall guys (the communists, socialists, leftists, Nazis, Zionists, et al.) and start building the “multilateral / multipolar” New World Order…

“After plotting with the their Western globalist partners, the anti-Xi factions in China arranged the release of COVID-19 in Wuhan. It was a virus engineered to be new and unique (novel), but to have no increased lethality over that of the common cold from which it was derived. And as the virus spread within the Wuhan region, local and regional officials purposefully downplayed its significance to Xi, who in turn downplayed its significance to Trump.

Once the virus reached an epidemic spread, the plotters sounded the alarm and presented Xi with a vastly overstated death rate. Xi decisively responded by locking down the region and sending his own people down to investigate. And after surveying the Wuhan situation with their own eyes, they relayed to Xi that it was a hoax, who then relayed the news to Trump.

So when the Deep State elements of the government, the Democratic Party, and their media lackeys rolled out the hoax here in the US, Trump called it what it was. But with the overwhelming public hysteria the hoax was generating, going it alone against the hype exposed him to 25th Amendment removal by the cabinet, so he changed his tune and gave the hoaxers certain concessions — always stopping short of a national shutdown — to bide time for his patriot / constitutionalist allies to arrange a counterattack.

When the hoaxers felt they had built up an adequate level of hysteria and a good case to justify Trump’s removal, they made their move by staging a cabinet coup. And after allowing the hoaxers to carry out their treason and shut down the country, the patriots / constitutionalists had all the evidence they needed to bring down the hammer on them. They counterattacked in force, put down the coup, and began systematically arresting all the treasonous plotters.”

~ MORE ~

Of course, there are many possible variations that could be employed in the narrative above, but what I’ve written conveys the general gist of it.

On a related subject, you may have noticed that two of America’s biggest states, California and New York, have been locked down. And you may have also noticed that they weren’t locked down by “the fascist” Trump, but by their own Democratic governors. With this in mind, let’s have a look at something I wrote in a section further down this page…

In past entries, I’ve talked about the globalist effort to shift people to the “political right” in preparation for the launch of the real “right-wing NWO” — the much publicized and feared “left-wing NWO” being just a decoy used to scare us to the right. This effort to move the herd rightward is the reason the media are using leftist dimwits like Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez to scare the American public into thinking “the heroic Trump” is the only thing standing between them and a leftist catastrophe of open borders, political violence, silenced speech, grabbed guns, and a Venezuela-like socialist/communist economy.

California and New York are key strongholds of the Democratic Party, and every day the people there remain locked down, a backlash will exponentially grow over the loss of income, the loss of local businesses, and the loss of the basic freedoms of living life. And when the people of those states find out their Democratic leaders knowingly did this to them as part of a hoax, their fury will be unbounded. How’s that for generating a shift to the “political right”?

It should also be noted that the controlled alt-media sites are scaring their readers with claims that the worldwide lockdowns are the prelude to “18 months of disruptions” and “the Deep State’s launch of the evil NWO / Antichrist’s Kingdom”


…from Natural News and SkyWatchTV (Note how they’re also peddling “premium” coffee, organic foods, and health potions to the people they terrify.)

So when we get Trump’s arrest of the “Deep State” and a rapid recovery instead, they’ll proclaim that the Antichrist’s Kingdom was stopped thanks to “divine intervention.” But 3.5 years after the “multilateral / multipolar” NWO is established, we’ll be told that it is the “real Antichrist Kingdom.” Then these same guys will be pointing to Trump, Xi, and Putin as antichrists — all the while selling delicious coffee and health foods!

That being said, let it be clear: according to the globalist script, the “Deep State” are NOT the ones bringing in the NWO/Antichrist system; TRUMP, XI, AND PUTIN are. The “Deep State” is nothing more than a bunch of globalist minions who have been told to wear “black hats” so they can “lose” to their fellow minions in “white hats.” And the scripted “real Antichrist” will not ascend to global leadership looking like an evil man; Vladimir Putin will instead rise to power by appearing to defeat evil men so he can take Christ’s throne.

To understand how the globalists’ two-stage prophecy fulfillment plan works, read through the rest of this home page and also read Ken’s Collected Writings on the Globalist Prophecy Fulfillment Deception.

NOTE: I’ve added a new section to the 19 March update below this one. To read it, just scroll down a little till you see the blue section. I’ll have to delay filling in the details of the newer update until the morning.

(19 March 2020) – When I came across an article this morning titled Coronavirus Outbreak Could Have Been Reduced By 95% If China Acted Sooner, I began to realize that a Washington, DC battle royale may be imminent. It would take the form of a 25th Amendment cabinet coup to remove Trump so Pence can issue a national COVID-19 lockdown order.

Since Trump’s replacement would be done under the pretext of a national emergency and would take immediate effect, it would bypass required procedures and therefore be illegal. So once the lockdown is in effect, we can expect supposed “patriot/constitutionalist” elements of the military and intelligence agencies, possibly including the hidden assets of the US Space Force, to quash the coup and begin arresting all the conspirators (possibly on Sunday the 22nd).

The coup attempt could take place as soon as tonight and as late as Saturday night, and would likely be preceded by the news that “America’s Coronavirus curve is turning exponential,” which is the next shoe to drop after the one that dropped today…

…from USA Today

The “If China Acted Sooner” article also provides indirect support for the “Xi and Trump were set up” narrative.

I’ll try to fill in the details of all this before we hit the equinox.

(19 March 2020) – Tonight at 10:49 PM Texas Time — the exact time of the Spring Equinox, which will bring the US its earliest spring in 124 years — we will enter the March 19-23 event window. So we’ll soon see if the globalist have decided to sh*t or get off the pot. But as we wait for the precipitating event/news that would lead to the total lockdown, take note of the following:

In the 14 March update, The Counting Tricks the Governments Use to Support the COVID-19 Fear Campaign, I wrote this [with a clarifying addition in parentheses]…

Now imagine that the government gives 1,000 tests on Day 4 [after giving far fewer tests in the preceding days]. Can you imagine the headline they could make from that? – COVID-19 INFECTIONS GO EXPONENTIAL! With the opening of the new drive-thru testing stations, that’s about to happen. And an “exponential explosion” of COVID-19 infections would provide an excellent excuse for a total national lockdown, would it not?

Well have a gander at this…

…from Tech Crunch

This “dramatic ramp” in testing will lead to a dramatic ramp in the government’s count of new cases and total cases, which has absolutely nothing to do with the actual number of new cases and total cases in the general population. But the mainstream and controlled alt-media will dutifully plaster scary, misleading graphs all over their sites showing an exponential curve shooting straight to the Moon. These graphs will make it look like COVID-19 infections are exploding in the general population, but the only thing that’s exploding is the number of tests being done each day.

To understand the difference between exploding infections and exploding testing, read the 14 March update if you haven’t already. Just scroll down the page or enter 14 March in your browser’s FIND feature.

Also remember that the governments have produced COVID-19 tests that are rigged to give a false positive. They are using these at hospitals now to fake an increase in Coronavirus deaths, just in time to justify a lockdown.

~ MORE ~

Here’s the deal on Coronavirus testing: the only way to be sure of exactly how many Americans have COVID-19 and whether the number of infected is waxing or waning is to test and question the entire population every week. Since this is impractical, the next best thing is to design a properly weighted statistical sampling of the population — being sure to include those who are showing no symptoms of illness and those who aren’t inclined to go to a doctor unless they feel like they’re about to die. If you do such a scientific study with accurate tests, you’ll get a reasonably good estimate of the number of infected. And the more tests you do in such a study, the more accurate your estimate will become.

The problem is no one is doing this. And they’re not doing it on purpose because they want to game the numbers to produce the talking points they need to hype the phony pandemic. So instead of doing a proper statistical study, they’re taking a very unscientific sampling of “anyone who shows up” in drive-thrus and hospital emergency rooms, and they’re giving them tests that are rigged. The Coronavirus Testing Chaos Across America is quite deliberate.

As if to put a crown on this absurdity, you even have the idiotic mafia goombahs running New York admitting that it’s the testing that has made NY Cases Double Overnight.” Here is an excerpt from the linked article…

New York has more than 5,000 confirmed coronavirus cases statewide, more than double the number from yesterday, which Gov. Andrew Cuomo said was driven by a dramatic increase in testing. New York has cumulatively tested 22,000 people, including more than 7,500 in the past day.

Why are you seeing the numbers go up?” Cuomo asked at a news conference Thursday morning. “Because you are taking more tests.”

The governor said 8,000 tests for the virus were performed in New York overnight and he expects the number of confirmed cases to go up exponentially.

Cuomo is such a moron that he let the cat out of the bag on the Coronavirus counting scam. You’d think a mafioso would know when to keep his mouth shut about “t’ings he don’t know too good.” You globalists had better stick a cannoli in his mouth.

(17 March 2020) – I was talking to my Korean roommate / former wife about the Coronavirus situation and an interesting thought came to mind: The name of the church that served as ground zero for the South Korean outbreak, Shincheonji, translates to “New World.” And it is presumed that they spread it in Korea after contracting it during meetings they held in Wuhan. But given the fact that the church is “apocalyptic and messianic in character, and has been described as a doomsday cult,” one has to ask…

Will it turn out that the Shincheonji cult were the ones who released COVID-19 in both Wuhan and Korea on behalf of the “Satanic Western New World Order” guys and their allies in the Chinese “Deep State” (the anti-Xi factions)? (A WMD release by an Asian cult is not without precedent: do you remember what happened with the Aum Shinrikyo doomsday cult and the nerve gas in Japan? And get this: Aum Shinrikyo now call themselves “Aleph,” which is the first letter in the Hebrew alphabet.)

And are the “Deep State” elements of the Chinese government working with their counterparts in America to start a war between America and China based on the “false rumor” that the US Army were the ones who spread it?

I’ve got a hunch that the (multilateral/multipolar) NWO narrative might be heading there, so I’ll ponder this further.

~ MORE – 18 March 2020 ~

This Shincheonji origin story for the COVID-19 outbreak would go nicely with the false narrative Alex Jones and Mike Adams have been spreading (you can go to the 7:24 mark of this video to hear it).This is the gist of it…

President Trump was set up by the Chinese and the Deep State. The Chinese lied to him by telling him the Wuhan Coronavirus outbreak was no big deal, and the Deep State CDC sabotaged testing in the US to hide the outbreak in America until it had grown into a major national threat. This was done to make it look like Trump didn’t take the threat seriously and was negligently slow in responding, thus causing grave danger to American life and great damage to the national economy when a total national lockdown became necessary. The Chinese/Deep State aim in doing this was to politically weaken Trump for an early removal or a loss in the presidential election.”

Later on, this same narrative will be extended to Xi…

“Since the region in and around Wuhan was controlled by the Shanghai (Jiang) Faction and other anti-Xi communist factions, the regional officials withheld information and downplayed the Coronavirus outbreak to President Xi. This caused Xi to tell Trump that the outbreak was not a big problem. It was only when the outbreak became a major threat that Xi found out the truth and was compelled to do a hard lockdown to stop it. The rival factions did all this to make Xi look both negligent and brutally dictatorial so he would be politically weakened and vulnerable to a coup.”

~ MORE 2 – 18 March 2020 ~

The false narrative being spun by Jones and Adams is the (multilateral/multipolar) NWO narrative, which will ultimately depict Trump and Xi (and especially Putin) as “good guys / heroes / Avatars who were under unrelenting attack by the Satanic Deep States.” And indirect narrative support for this started showing up yesterday in mainstream propaganda reports from Democrat-allied media outlets. Here is an excerpt from such a report by The Washington Post

Every time Vice President Pence appears for a coronavirus briefing, it is a reminder what the votes of just 20 Republican senators for impeachment might have accomplished for the republic…

The vice president is a sycophant but not an incompetent. He possesses the type of qualities one might find in an effective governor facing a hurricane…

Never has the phrase “President Pence” had a better ring to it. Never have Republican votes against impeachment seemed more shortsighted and damaging to the country…

Trump just doesn’t have a very good mind — or at least one capable of absorbing and repeating essential facts. He can’t come to grips with a problem that has large dimensions — as displayed by his habitual lateness and indecision

The point here is not simply to condemn Trump, which has limited usefulness in the midst of a national crisis. At this point it is perhaps better to ignore him, which is precisely what governors and mayors across the country are doing to good effect. But Americans do need to recall this moment the next time they enter a voting booth.

So these are the takeaways from the article…

  • It suggests that Republicans will face defeat in the November election if they don’t remove Trump and replace him with someone “competent” and “effective,” Pence. This provides cover for a coup attempt, which if successful, would split the Republican Party and ensure a November defeat (the Trump loyalists would stay home on election day).
  • It points out that state and local officials, especially Democratic ones, are locking down their fiefdoms without waiting for a national lockdown order. The officials’ scripted motivation in doing this is to pressure Trump into announcing a national lockdown and force his hand on providing a bailout to Wall Street and all the people and businesses the state and local officials are bankrupting with their actions. Once he does this, he will be positioned as “the incompetent fascist” to be blamed for the entire mess, since “his lockdown was too severe and too late and his bailout was too little, too late.”
  • It brings up Trump’s “habitual lateness and indecision,” which are the talking points the “Deep State” is supposed to use in attacking Trump after having set him up.

Here is an excerpt from a similar article from NPR

With the number of cases continuing to climb, Americans appear to be losing confidence in the federal government’s handling of the crisis. An NPR/PBS NewsHour/Marist poll released on Tuesday found that only 46% of Americans feel the government is doing enough to prevent the spread of the coronavirus, down from 61% in February.

And at a time when confidence in public officials is considered critical to coordinating a response to the outbreak, the poll found majorities of Americans lacking trust in President Trump. Sixty percent of Americans said they had not very much or no trust at all in what they are hearing from the president. Only 37% said they had a good amount or a great deal of trust.

That mistrust has been driven, at least in part, by comments by the president seeming to downplay the severity of the coronavirus. He has compared the virus to the flu, even though the administration’s own experts have called it “10 times more lethal than regular seasonal flu”; he said in February “One day — it’s like a miracle — it will disappear”; and as recently as March 7 said he was “not concerned at all” when asked about the virus spreading closer to Washington and the White House.

The president’s tone has since shifted. On Monday, he described the coronavirus as “an invisible enemy” and conceded that it’s “not under control for any place in the world.”

So this article indirectly supports the “Trump was set up” narrative by pointing out that Trump first downplayed COVID-19, then changed his tune after it was hyped into a huge national problem.

(17 March 2020) – “Cyrus the Great” to the Rescue!…

Tomorrow is “Devil’s Day,” the 18th (6+6+6 = 18). It’s also the day before the March 19 Spring Equinox, when “light regains equality with darkness and begins to overcome it.” So if the globalists opt to go through with this absurd stage play, Wednesday is a high probability day for the announcement of the quarantine order and travel ban, after which all hell will break loose. And “all hell breaking loose” would including some or all of the following events…

  • the collapse or shutdown of the current financial system,
  • the papal death scenarios featured in the Two Popes for Two Prophecies update (below),
  • the fall of Turkey’s Erdogan,
  • a short, sharp battle in the Middle East that will leave Al Aqsa Mosque in ruins, and
  • a nuclear war scare. (The short, sharp battle and nuclear war scare may be scripted as being prevented by Putin & Pals).

Since we seem to be trending towards “the end of the Great Tribulation and the victory of the Avatars,” the globalists will likely script “good guy” Trump’s mass arrest of the “evil Deep State” this weekend (Netanyahu would do a similar mass arrest in Israel). It would then take the following six months to do the “Truth Tsunami,” conduct the military tribunal show trials of the arrestees, and complete the paperwork to “reform” the UN into the multilateral / multipolar New World Order. The NWO would launch on Jewish New Year, give or take a few days.

Of course, this is just the most likely and straightforward version of how thing might be scripted. I’ve covered many potential variations in other entries on this page. It is recommended that you take the time to read this entire page if you haven’t already. You’ll need something to do during the lockdown, right?

~ MORE ~

The globalists have a lot to do this week and they’re running out of time to do it. So if they want to finish the lockdown in the next day or two, they’ll need a precipitating event to justify it. Here are two candidates: 1) the announcement of “an exponential rise in new Coronavirus cases and deaths” (faked by the means outlined in the updates below), or 2) the death of Pope Francis by a Coronavirus reinfection. When the latter happens, watch for Trump to send Jared and Ivanka to the funeral in his place. Their presence would provide “God’s reason for destroying the Vatican.”

(16 March 2020) – Once they announce the final elements of the lockdown (the travel ban and the self-quarantine-at-home order), the following days will feel like this…

But you won’t have to wait long to know how the rest of the year is gonna go. By next Monday the 23rd, it will be quite clear that we’ve either just started the Great Tribulation or just ended it. And ironically, the events might be even scarier if it’s ending.

If Trump, Putin, and Xi are seen to come out on top, things will start looking up for a while. But if the “Deep State” is seen to triumph over one or more of them, the road ahead will look quite dark — at least until September of this year, and at most until September of 2023.

On another note, have a look at this…

…from Reuters

The article says that Moscow is undertaking the same lockdown measures that major US cities are implementing, and the measures are even more ridiculous there given this passage from the article: “The number of confirmed cases of coronavirus in Russia rose to 93 on Monday, up from 63 the previous day, but no deaths have yet been reported.”

So in a nation of 144 million people spread out over a vast landmass, 93 have caught a COVID-cold and no one has died. What an unimaginable threat to Russian national security!!! 🙂 There are probably more people hospitalized in Russia for tripping and falling than for Coronavirus. They’d better lock down the country and cordon-off all the steps and wet floors too.

It’s never been about the virus, though. It’s about the transition to the New World Order financial system. And Russia is a key party to that.

NOTE: Some update emails bounced back at me last night. They were from @me.com and @icloud.com. I don’t know if the recipients blocked me or Apple did. So if you have an email address with those domains and you didn’t get yesterday’s midnight update, send me a note with an alternative, non-Apple email address. And if you don’t want to receive updates, just email me and I’ll remove you from my mailing list.

What To Watch For This Extended Week (March 16-23)
(+ Two Popes for Two Prophecies, below in blue)

(15 March 2020) – The first thing to watch for is a two-week shutdown of the United States, which could be announced as soon as Monday the 16th and as late as next weekend. It will probably happen sooner rather than later, but if it doesn’t happen by the 23rd, it probably won’t happen at all.

This shutdown will afford the globalists two paths. One leads to the New World Order, and the other leads to further delay. If we’re headed into the NWO, the Fed and the government will launch a package of financial interventions that are designed to fail, but will make it appear that they tried to stop the collapse. But if we’re headed for further delay, they’ll launch a package that will hold off a collapse until they can narrate a stalling of the Coronavirus outbreak due to the April heat. I wrote this about the path to further delay back in the 1 January update…

If the globalists set off their grenades early this year, we might see some rather earthshaking events by the end of March. But if I and others do our jobs correctly, we may see the grenades go back in their holsters for a while. Such a delay would take the form of massive QE from the central banks (to hold off the climax till September or next March) or a G20 agreement on across-the-board debt reduction (to hold off for a couple of years).

And look at what’s happened in the last few days…


…from Zero Hedge and The Guardian

Now that the globalists are within arm’s reach of the NWO, it’s hard to imagine them not going forward with their plans. But one should never underestimate the innate compulsion that drives cockroaches to scatter when enough light is cast upon them. If the lighting is sufficient, the G20 meeting will make arrangements to kick the can further down the road, but if the roaches are really hungry, it will be the first step towards reforming the UN into the NWO by this September.

Two Popes for Two Prophecies

(16 March 2020) – Pope Francis got out and took a walk yesterday to show that he has recovered from his “cold”…

…from the AP

This doesn’t mean his imminent “death by Coronavirus” is off the table, though, because the COVID-19 fear campaign has already established that people who recover can become reinfected and suddenly drop dead from heart failure. But seeing “the Bishop in White” outside taking a stroll reminded me of a second papal prophecy the globalists are obligated to fulfill: the “Third Secret of Fatima.” Here is what the infamous globalist prophecy propagandist Tom Horn has said about the prophecy…

“Well now you’ve got the Pope saying that it could be that now Fatima, the Third Secret of Fatima, is gonna be fulfilled. What’s the third secret of Fatima? It describes the Pope, the bishop in white, walking in a great city — most people believe this to be the Vatican, right? And something has happened. Dead people are everywhere, and the Pope is walking along – there’s dead Christians, dead bishops, dead people all over the city — and as he’s making his way towards a cross, these ISIS-like people run into the city and shoot him and kill him.” – from an interview with Jim Bakker (Horn starts talking about the Pope at the 13:15 mark and goes on to say this at the 15:13 mark).

The part that talks about the Pope “making his way towards a cross” really stands out in light of something the AP article mentioned…

After that, the 83-year-old pope left the basilica, near Rome’s central train station, and headed toward central Piazza Venezia, strolling along a brief stretch of Via del Corso, a noted shopping street for Romans. He then ducked into a church that most tourists pass by, St. Marcel on the Corso.

The church keeps a “miraculous crucifix that in 1522 was carried in procession through the neighborhoods of the city so that the Great Plague of Rome ended,″ Bruni said.

Will this be the cross the Pope will approach when he is gunned down by “jihadists” in a staged scene? And if so, which Pope will be killed, Benedict or Francis?

Let’s also remember the Kabbalist Zohar prophecy the globalists must fulfill. Here is how Horn describes it…

the “kings of the earth” gather in Rome, possibly during a papal conclave, and are killed by fiery stones or missiles from the sky.

The prophecy in the Zohar, given by Jews hundreds of years separate from the divination of “the last pope,” is amazing when compared with the Catholic prediction. The final pope, “Peter the Roman,” whose reign ends in the destruction of Rome, will assume authority during a time of great tribulation, and then “the city of seven hills will be destroyed, and the terrible and fearsome Judge will judge his people.” – from NewsWithViews.com

So with the “Third Secret of Fatima” and the “Destruction of Rome” prophecies, we have two prophecies of papal death. And quite conveniently, we have two living Popes. That being the case, here is how the globalists might script the fulfillment of both prophecies…

  1. Pope Francis drops dead of a Coronavirus reinfection and sudden heart failure. “In shock,” the Church moves the “miraculous crucifix” onto the Vatican grounds.
  2. His death causes the “Kings of the Earth” (the Roman cardinals and perhaps world leaders and royals) to gather in Rome for his funeral and a papal conclave.
  3. Rome is destroyed by “fiery stones.”
  4. Pope Emeritus Benedict, having survived the stones, wanders out among the dead, approaches the “miraculous crucifix,” and is gunned down.

I may expand and enhance this section over the course of the day.

(15 March 2020) – Well, well, well, who would have expected this?…

…from The Washington Times

So COVID-19 supposedly spread person-to-person out of China as early as December 2019 and has killed this many Americans as of today…

…from Zero Hedge

During the same timeframe, the common flu spread person-to-person out of China and has now killed this many Americans as of March 7…

…from the CDC. And 2,000 of those deaths came in a single week (from February 29 to March 7). How many people did COVID-19 kill in that week? 10 maybe?

This raises an obvious question…

If COVID-19 spreads so much quicker than the flu,
and it is “ten times deadlier,”
why has it killed only 0.26% of the number the flu has killed?

Putting it another way, this is the question that needs to be asked to Dr. Fauci, Mike Adams, and all the other COVID-19 doomsayers…

Where’s the beef, bitch?

Here’s the thing, though: They know they’re lying, but their job is to prop up the COVID-19 hoax just long enough for the globalists to lock down all the countries they want to lock down before they implode the financial system. After that, the whole COVID-19 illusion will start crashing down (assuming we’re on “the Avatars win” scripting).

My reason in hitting the hoax so hard is to do what I can to deny them “the Antichrists win” scripting, which would require the hoax to continue over a much longer term, and to help people avoid unnecessary worry over the pandemic part of the Big Show.

It’s just a show, folks, so I hope you picked up some popcorn along with your toilet paper.

~ MORE ~

Now let’s add one more counting trick the globalists will use to increase the number of COVID-19 deaths on cue: use Coronavirus tests that are rigged to generate false positives on people who are dying of other conditions…

…from the Drudge Report

(14 March 2020) – Tomorrow is the Ides of March, so watch for potential drama surrounding the Pope, Trump, Putin, Xi, and Erdogan. And if we are on track for the globalists to script the end of the First Great Tribulation between the 19th and 23rd — and it appears that we probably are — watch for us to come to the brink of nuclear war (or a little past the brink) in the Middle East by that time. Two aircraft carriers are now in position there. Tomorrow, I’ll start coverage on What To Watch For This Week.

~ MORE ~

Today, Putin signed the constitutional amendments that will allow him to stay on indefinitely as President of Russia, and a reader commented that by this action “Putin is asking for a revolution.” Not quite. He’s asking for an assassination. So watch for a possible attempt on Putin’s life by the “Western Deep States” and their “Russian Deep State” allies. The attempt may come tomorrow on the Ides of March, or it may come on the 19th. His “death” on the 19th would set up the potential for his “Christ-like resurrection on the 3rd day,” Sunday the 22nd.

And is it just me, or does Pope Francis look a little weak? His “death by Coronavirus” is still in play tomorrow and through the end of the Month, as is Trump’s by the looks of it…

…from Infowars

Also, if we’re on track for the end of the First Tribulation, Erdogan will be gone by the 23rd, by either coup or assassination. And Xi’s death/removal is also in play, but I haven’t yet identified any specific scenario pointing to it.

~ MORE 2 ~

A reader reminded me that I’ve already written about a scenario that would lead to Xi’s imminent assassination or removal: Xi’s rescripting as a First Tribulation “Antichrist” along with the “Xi did it” narrative of the Coronavirus release. Like Pope Francis, this month marks Xi’s 7th year in power.

Here’s another scenario: the “Deep State-allied” Shanghai (Jiang) Faction joining with other Xi-wary factions to blame “Avatar Xi” for the Coronavirus release so they can attempt to take him out.

(14 March 2020) – The Counting Tricks the Governments Use to Support the COVID-19 Fear Campaign

Here is the core of the article I promised yesterday. I’ll be adding more to it over the coming hours. The numbers I use in this hypothetical exercise are, of course, hypothetical. It’s not about the numbers; it’s about showing how the tricks work.

Imagine for a moment that you are God and can look down at the USA and count the exact number of people who have COVID-19 infections…

  • on Day 0, you count a total of 2,000, and
  • on Day 3, you count a total of 2,000 again, seeing that some who contracted it well before Day 0 have healed from it and others have newly contracted it, with the net number of infected remaining the same.

During that same time period, the US government also conducted a count — a profoundly less thorough one…

  1. on Day 0, they did 33 tests and counted 11 infections,
  2. on Day 1, they did 44 tests and counted 14 infections,
  3. on Day 2, they did 55 tests and counted 19 infections, and
  4. on Day 3, they did 66 tests and counted 22 infections.

So between Day 0 and Day 3, they counted a grand total of 66 infections. They also counted 2 deaths from COVID-19 during that timeframe.

With these pitifully inadequate numbers in hand, they do the math and hand three COVID-19 talking points to the media:

Headline 1: Because they counted 11 new infections on Day 0 and 22 new infections on Day 3, they release this headline…

NEW COVID-19 INFECTIONS HAVE DOUBLED IN ONLY 72 HOURS!

This misleads the public into thinking that the number of people getting infected has doubled in only 72 hours, which is very alarming. But from your God’s-eye view, you know this isn’t so. The only thing that doubled was the number of tests the government administered.

Headline 2: Because the grand total of counted infections was 11 on Day 0 and 66 on Day 3, they release this headline…

TOTAL NUMBER OF COVID-19 INFECTED INCREASES SIX-FOLD OVER 72 HOURS!

From your God’s-eye view, you know this isn’t so — total infections in the population haven’t changed over that period. The only thing that has increased six-fold is the government’s running count of infections.

Headline 3: Because there were a total of 2 dead and 66 infected on Day 3, they release this headline…

COVID-19 DEATH RATE IS 3% — 30 TIMES THAT OF THE FLU!

But from your God’s-eye view, you know that there were actually 2 dead and 2,000 infected on Day 3, which yields a mortality rate of 0.1% — exactly the same as the flu.

Now imagine that the government gives 1,000 tests on Day 4. Can you imagine the headline they could make from that? – COVID-19 INFECTIONS GO EXPONENTIAL! With the opening of the new drive-thru testing stations, that’s about to happen. And an “exponential explosion” of COVID-19 infections would provide an excellent excuse for a total national lockdown, would it not?

(14 March 2020) – Here is an overlooked fact that a reader pointed out this morning…

…from Wikipedia

Won’t it be funny when the “White Hats” reveal to everyone that the massive “Deep State” Coronavirus scare campaign was based on the common cold? So all the “IT’S NOT THE FLU!” screaming the hysterical mainstream and controlled alt-media have been doing is correct. It’s not the flu; it’s the common cold.

Remember that the “Truth Tsunami” that will be unleashed after Trump mass arrests the “Deep State” is going to be a limited hangout campaign. Read Understanding the NWO Strategy if you haven’t already. It contains a section that explains the purpose behind the coming “revelations.”

(13 March 2020) – Here is something I wrote in the 3 March update…

From the looks of the COVID-19 propaganda coming out today on 3/3, we may see a nationwide/worldwide lockdown of the major cities as early as next week. This lockdown is the final sign that will precede the controlled demolition of the current financial system. Their rationale in using fear of COVID-19 to compel people to “shelter in place” is “we don’t want the terrified monkeys running wild and burning down the zoo when we take the banana dispensing system down for a reboot.”

Well, “next week” is this week, and the lockdown is clearly underway, albeit in an incremental fashion…


…from Politico (top) and AFP (bottom)

They’ll wait till the last moment to issue the “self-quarantine at home” order and shut down domestic travel, then POP goes the “Everything Bubble.” This will almost certainly happen within the next ten days.

We’ve now reached the time in the battle when the guy who was out on ambush crashes into your hole and tells you, “They ain’t stopping for sh*t!” So when the big moment comes, sit tight in your hole and enjoy the show. Our false saviors will put on quite a good one.

(13 March 2020) – In the afternoon, I’ll jump ahead and show you the cheap counting trick they’re using to justify statements like this: The number of new infections in Europe has been doubling, on average, every 72 hours.”

~ MORE ~

My, what a difference a day makes! Trump issues a national emergency declaration over COVID-19, and Wall Street rewards him with a market rally…

…from Barrons

This looks a lot like “Trump as a Good Guy / Hero / Avatar” scripting, and this is how the NWO narrative will describe what happened from the 11th through the 13th…

“The Deep State pressured Trump to declare a Coronavirus lockdown on March 11, but Trump refused, offering only a European travel ban instead. To punish him for this move, Wall Street delivered a crushing stock market decline on Thursday, and they threatened to crash the market limit-down on Friday. Still unwilling to betray the American people by locking them down over a hoax, the master negotiator Trump offered the Deep State a deal: ‘If you’ll spare the markets and the economy, I’ll give you a national emergency declaration.’ The Deep State accepted his offer.”

It looks like the globalists have backed off from making any huge moves over the weekend, but we must remain vigilant till the Ides of March have passed. We’ll see them make another attempt at huge moves in the March 19-23 time window.

Getting back to the cheap counting tricks the globalists are using to feed the Coronavirus hysteria, I spent hours figuring out a way of explaining them that everyone should be able to understand; I’ll do the write-up in the morning when my mind is fresh.

~ MORE 2 ~

For the readers who have been contacting me over the “Messiah Trump mass arrests the Deep State” scenario, I assure you that coverage of that angle is in the pipeline. Here is a little preview…

According to globalists’ “Trump as Avatar” scripting, when Trump finally gives the Deep State what they’re seeking — a lockdown of the American people over the Coronavirus hoax — he will actually turn the tables on them by ordering their mass arrest (with a little help “from above”). He’ll allow the hoax to persist until the arrests are over so people will stay safely in their homes and not be hurt in the crossfire. This is the same thing “Avatar Xi” has done in China in his roundup of the “Deep State-allied” Shanghai (Jiang) Faction. And once all the American “black hats” are locked-up in FEMA camps, the “white hats” will explode the Coronavirus hoax (and many other hoaxes and false-flags) by telling the public everything that has been going on behind the scenes.

I’m actually quite heartened to see readers thinking ahead on their own and anticipating the globalists’ moves. It is one of the things I’ve been working towards. I can’t do this forever you know.

(13 March 2020) – In the 11 March Alert (a little further down this page), I mentioned that they changed the CNBC article I referenced, and I said that we might have a look at what changed later on. Well, now is later…

…And as you can see, what changed is that they highlighted the 1% death rate claimed by Dr. Fauci — a figure that was then plastered across all the mainstream media.

As was also noted in the 11 March Alert, two things are needed to calculate an ACCURATE American death rate for COVID-19:

1) An ACCURATE count of the Americans who have died from COVID-19, which we probably have — the figure was a measly 38 as of yesterday, and

2) An ACCURATE count of the number of Americans who are infected with COVID-19, WHICH WE ARE NOWHERE NEAR TO HAVING. Even the mainstream media have admitted as much…

Nearly two weeks after the new coronavirus was first found to be spreading among Americans, the United States remains dangerously limited in its capacity to test people for the illness, an ongoing investigation from The Atlantic has found.

After surveying local data from across the country, we can only verify that 4,384 people have been tested for the coronavirus nationwide, as of Monday at 4 p.m. eastern time. These data are as comprehensive a compilation of official statistics as currently possible.

The lack of testing means that it is almost impossible to know how many Americans are infected with the coronavirus and suffering from COVID-19, the disease it causes. While our analysis has tracked state and local announcements that more than 570 people in 36 states are infected, experts say that number is almost certainly too small to reflect the full extent of the disease’s spread in the U.S. Not enough Americans have been tested for officials to know how many people are ill, they say. – from The Atlantic

And the dearth of testing spoken of in the Atlantic article continues to this day (and quite on purpose, since undercounting the infected inflates the calculated death rate)…

…from Yahoo News. Here is an excerpt…

Despite insistent promises from the Trump administration, coronavirus testing in the United States appears to be proceeding with a marked lack of urgency. An examination of state and federal records by Yahoo News finds that American states are, on average, testing fewer than 100 people per day — while the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention had tested fewer than 100 people total in the first two days of this week.

Since there is so little data from which to draw an even halfway accurate conclusion — or even an honest estimate — on the American COVID-19 death rate figure, any figure offered from the US data is a mere guesstimate that reflects the bias of the guesstimator. And where did Dr. Fauci get the “number of infected” figure he plugged into the equation to come out with a 1% death rate? I can tell you exactly where he got it: he pulled it straight out of his as*. And given that he’s a Catholic, I’m guessing that his priest was the one who stuck it up there. Basically, he chose a 1% death rate because the narrative of a higher death rate isn’t flying with the awakening elements of the public, and they wanted to scare people with a nice, round number: “COVID-19’s 1% mortality rate is 10 times higher than that of the common flu!”

In the next section, we’ll look at the death rate in a relatively honest country that is good with math and has done MUCH more testing of their population than has the US: South Korea. We’ll also take a second look at the Diamond Princess death rate. Then we’ll go on to look at the bullsh*t 6% figure that is coming from the Vatican-allied mafia greaseballs in the Italian government.

Check back every few hours or so over the course of the day and the weekend. I’m just getting started with these motherfu*kers.

“Dr. Fauci, Health Ranger, Kabbalists, Italian mafia goombahs… we come for you! We come for you!”

thus spaketh the Human Collective Consciousness.

ALERT (12 March 2020) – The seeds for a potential Friday the 13th stock market panic have already been sown. New York City has declared a state of emergency over COVID-19, and then there’s this…

…from Business Insider. Here is one of the article’s bullet points…

The NYSE’s contingency plan would replace its human/electronic-broker hybrid with a backup system that hasn’t yet been used during a real-world trading session, The Wall Street Journal reported.

So Friday the 13th could be the last trading day before they lock down the New York Stock Exchange and go to their under-tested backup system on Monday. And if the backup system breaks down on Monday — which it almost certainly will under the current chaotic trading conditions — people would be unable to sell their stocks while all the COVID-19 chaos unfolds around them. This creates a strong motivation for investors to liquidate their positions on Friday, so there is a strong possibility we’ll see a 20% drop followed by a closure for the day.

There’s also this: a breakdown of the computerized backup system on Monday could easily be blamed on foreign hackers — perhaps Iran? This would provide an excuse to start a war.

~ MORE ~

I’ve run across a couple of articles that offer some foreshadowing:

The first is from The Wall Street Journal

And the second is from the International Business Times

…Here is an excerpt…

Wall Street Journal reported that floor traders handle critical processes, especially during the 4 p.m. closing auctions which determine end-of-day prices for thousands of stocks. These closing prices are used as benchmarks by innumerable index funds and exchange-traded funds as well as futures and options contracts.

“The closing auction is arguably the most important moment of the trading day,” said Greg Tusar, a former global head of electronic trading at Goldman Sachs Group Inc. (GS). “Anything that happens to it that hasn’t been tested is a risk that is material in nature.”

Cunningham added: “There are more stocks that we actually want to apply that human judgment to because they open with less volatility and investors get better prices.”

(12 March 2020) – I’ve noticed all the controlled alt-media sites trying desperately to prop up the Coronavirus scare by talking of mortality rates as high as 6%, so tomorrow morning, we’ll take an even harder look at the ongoing mortality rate fraud. And we’ll see why even Dr. Fauci’s 1% figure is a major overstatement. It’s time for a reality check.

~ MORE ~

Tomorrow will be Friday the 13th, so be on alert for three events that could happen that day…

  1. President Trump could fall ill to COVID-19,
  2. the Vatican could announce the death of Pope Francis by COVID-19, and/or
  3. the stock market could plunge by 20% and be closed for the day.

One or more of these events could “light a fire under Vice President Pence to lead a 25th Amendment removal of President Trump due to his ‘incapacity’ to properly handle the COVID-19 Crisis”…


…from NBC News (top) and Business Insider (bottom)

(11 March 2020) – I’ve been trying to pin down the details of the supposed emergency meeting at the White House, and it turns out that it might be “fake news”: White House Says There Is No Emergency Meeting on Coronavirus. But then again, there’s this: “In the United States, where there are now more than 1,000 cases, the White House is considering moving all of Europe to a Level 3 travel advisory, discouraging all nonessential travel to those regions. President Trump said he will address the nation at 9 p.m. – from The Washington Post

So if Trump does address the nation and issues no lockdown, the scenarios mentioned in the second alert expansion below could be triggered.

Note: Just in time for the 11th and a possible US lockdown

…from Zero Hedge

TWICE-EXPANDED ALERT (11 March 2020) – A partial (or total) US lockdown may be announced later today. You can see the propaganda they’re using to set it up in this CNBC article

Here is an excerpt…

A top U.S. health official said the worst is yet to come with a new coronavirus outbreak that has already infected more than 1,000 people across the nation, prompting state officials from New York to Washington to close schools and even mobilize troops outside of Manhattan.

“I can say we will see more cases and things will get worse than they are right now,” Dr. Anthony Fauci, director of the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases, told the House Oversight and Reform Committee at a hearing on the nation’s preparedness for the outbreak Wednesday.

How much worse depends on two things, he said: containing the influx of infected people coming from other countries and containing local outbreaks within the U.S.

Fauci said the total number of U.S. infections and deaths will be “totally dependent upon how we respond to it.”

“I can’t give you a number,” he said. “I can’t give you a realistic number until we put into the factor of how we respond. If we’re complacent and don’t do really aggressive containment and mitigation, the number could go way up and be involved in many many millions“…

President Donald Trump summoned the panel of witnesses to an emergency meeting at the White House later Wednesday, cutting the hearing short, Committee Chairwoman Rep. Carolyn Maloney said at the top of the hearing.

“This morning we were informed that President Trump and Vice President Pence have called our witnesses to an emergency meeting at the White House. We don’t know the details, just that it’s extremely urgent,” Maloney, D-NY, said.

So here is a (Catholic) government doctor calling for “aggressive containment” just like the controlled alt-media. And given the “emergency meeting at the White House” and the fact that this is the 11th, look for the possible lockdown of cities that have reported COVID-19 cases (if not a total US lockdown). If it’s the latter, the Next Lehman Moment is coming quite soon.

Looking again at the CNBC article, there is one critical matter that needs to be pointed out: it states that 1,000 people in the US have been infected with COVID-19 and 31 have died. And very dishonest doctors and disinformation agents are doing the math and stating that this represents a 3.1% fatality rate. This is laughable bullsh*t, and I’ll tell you why…

It is easy to count those who have died from COVID-19, so the 31 number is probably accurate.

BUT NO ONE KNOWS HOW MANY AMERICANS HAVE BEEN INFECTED WITH COVID-19 BECAUSE THERE HAS BEEN INADEQUATE TESTING OF THE GENERAL POPULATION.

So if there are actually…

  • 10,000 AMERICANS WHO HAVE BEEN INFECTED — WITH 9,000 OF THOSE HAVING NOT BEEN TESTED AND COUNTED — THEN THE FATALITY RATE FALLS TO 0.31%
  • 20,000 AMERICANS WHO HAVE BEEN INFECTED — WITH 19,000 OF THOSE HAVING NOT BEEN TESTED AND COUNTED — THEN THE FATALITY RATE FALLS TO 0.16%
  • AND SO ON

IN OTHER WORDS, THEY ARE DELIBERATELY INFLATING THE MORTALITY RATE BY DELIBERATELY UNDERCOUNTING THE NUMBER OF INFECTIONS. Haven’t you seen the news reports on the lack of testing kits and the denial of tests to those who have requested them?

There is, however, one place where infections and deaths have been accurately counted: in the cruise ship that was stranded off Japan…

…from the Daily Mail

(Expansion 1) – The fact that all of the cruise passenger deaths were in those over 70 years of age is of particular note, because the numbers DO suggest that COVID-19 hits the elderly much harder than anyone else — perhaps as much as 10 times harder. Here is another mainstream article that covers how it impacts different age groups…

…from Stat. Here is a key section…

The death toll skews old even more strongly. Overall, China CDC found, 2.3% of confirmed cases died. But the fatality rate was 14.8% in people 80 or older, likely reflecting the presence of other diseases, a weaker immune system, or simply worse overall health. By contrast, the fatality rate was 1.3% in 50-somethings, 0.4% in 40-somethings, and 0.2% in people 10 to 39.

Mind you, the actual mortality rates offered in the article are overstated for the same reason ours are: the Chinese government had a vested interest in undercounting the infections and inflating the mortality rate to justify their lockdown. But the proportions of the death rates are likely accurate since it’s easy to account for the ages of those who actually died. And the proportions show that COVID-19 is an engineered tool of social Darwinism: it kills off the elderly and the weak. The actual death rates in other age groups aren’t sufficiently different from the common flu that special precautions are necessary. This means there is no need to lock down the general population; we need only protect the elderly. So just like in China, the US lockdown will be done to serve certain purposes of the government, not to “protect the citizens” (it will do quite the opposite in fact).

(Note – Upon going back to the CNBC article for excerpts, I found they’d changed it. We might look at what changed and why later on.)

(Expansion 2) – So here’s how things are likely to go after today’s lockdown decision…

If Trump refuses to issue a lockdown or authorizes only a partial lockdown, the media will come after him for failing to take adequate action to prevent the deaths of millions of Americans. And this will give the person in charge of the government’s Coronavirus response, Vice President Mike Pence, political cover to stage a cabinet coup against Trump in the March 13-15 timeframe (either that or Trump will come become incapacitated with a COVID-19 infection).

What happens after that will be determined by whether the globalists intend this month to be the start of the “Great Tribulation” or its end…

IF MARCH IS THE START OF THE GREAT TRIBULATION, one of the following will happen…

  • Trump will fall and Mike Pence will become President, likely selecting Jared Kushner as his VP, or
  • Trump will survive and replace Mike Pence with Jared Kushner — he’ll do this “because he is under siege and needs a VP he can totally trust and because Nancy Pelosi wouldn’t dare block the confirmation of such a powerful Jew.” Trump might then “die” on or about March 22.

IF IT IS THE END OF THE GREAT TRIBULATION, Trump will survive and appoint either Tulsi Gabbard or Rand Paul as his VP. Since Tulsi’s nomination would be such a political masterstroke, she’s the odds-on favorite. Gabbard and Paul are the globalists’ choice to lead the post-Crisis Democratic Party and Republican Party (respectively).

(11 March 2020) – While we wait to see if the March agenda will go ahead or not, I thought I’d share something I saw when I visited Mike Adams’s Coronavirus-hyping disinfo site on Monday…

…from Natural News

He calls the clear-headed people who don’t buy the Coronavirus hype “pandemic DENIERS“! I laughed my as* off when I saw that. What a fu*king tool.

So after spending decades doing faux-truthing about the need to stop a martial law lockdown in America, why is it that the controlled alt-media are the ones hysterically overhyping the wimpy Coronavirus and demanding that Trump lock down the country? – Here are a couple of reasons:

  • To aid the globalists in their all-hands (both mainstream media and controlled alt-media) effort to scare the public with the virus, lock down the world, then implode the current financial system, and
  • To provide “right wing” political cover for Trump to do the lockdown and pretend he’s not aiding the globalists, but somehow stopping them: “To stop the Deep State from killing millions of Americans, Trump must act now to halt the spread of the virus!!!” Then later, when it turns out that few actually died from COVID-19, they’ll say the lockdown was what saved us.

Of course, all this is moot if the globalists have bailed on their March agenda. If that turns out to be the case, the COVID-19 hype in the West will continue through this month without a total lockdown, then wind down in April when they claim “the warmer weather has halted the spread of the virus.” The central banks would then put the global economy back on zombie life support until another September or March comes along.

On another note, it has occurred to me that we’ve got the Kabbalists by the balls when it comes to the Kabbalist prophecies they’re obligated to fulfill. If, for instance, they go ahead and narrate the Pope’s death and destroy Rome in accordance with the Zohar prophecy, they’ll draw a great deal of attention to this blog’s narrative of their activities. So by the time they get to their resolution phase over March 19-23, their own narrative would be in serious jeopardy. And if they try to go ahead without destroying Rome, they’d be letting down all their ancestors and showing the Zohar for the useless fraud that it is.

Basically, they’re caught between a rock and a hard place. And we’re going to keep them there. So if you run across any more prophecies that are supposedly derived from the primary texts of the Kabbalah, send me the info and I’ll take care of the rest.

Later, we’ll look at the truth about the make-believe COVID-19 mortality statistics.

(10 March 2020) – The Alert on Pope Francis’s imminent “death” can be found below this update.

Back in the 7 March update, I wrote this…

Getting back to Trump, the globalists could also script him as becoming incapacitated or dying from COVID-19 “that he contracted during a domestic trip.” The NWO narrative would later claim that he was deliberately infected during his visit to the VRC or CDC.

Well have a look at what showed up on Drudge this morning…

…Note the picture of Trump and Pence at the top.

Also take a gander at one of headlines on Infowars this morning…

…Here is an excerpt…

Rep. Doug Collins (R-Ga.) announced Monday he will become the third GOP lawmaker to “self-quarantine” themselves after coming into contact with an individual during CPAC who later tested positive for Wuhan Coronavirus.

In addition to this revelation, a picture on AP Images shows President Trump shaking hands with Collins at Dobbins Air Reserve Base in Marietta, Ga. on Friday, March 6

Ironically, President Trump met Collins in Georgia to attend a tour and briefing of CDC Atlanta focusing on how to best respond to coronavirus.

So if you put the two headlines together, Trump was potentially exposed to COVID-19 on the 6th, and he might start showing symptoms 5 days later on the 11th. If he does, watch for his supposed infection to take him out of commission by the 15th, which brings us to the guy with whom he’s pictured above the Drudge headlines, Mike Pence.

Back in August of 2017, I wrote an article titled Globalist Prophecy Watch: Update 8 – Apocalyptic propaganda and the “Grey Champion.” The article spoke of the potential that the Pope would give rise to an antichrist figure the prophecy propagandists called “the Grey Champion”…

…from SkyWatch TV

Here is an excerpt from my article

Upon reading through the World Net Daily article to which the SkyWatch article pointed, I took away three things…

1) It describes the “Grey Champion” in a way that allows Vladimir Putin to fulfill the role.

2) It lays the foundation for a “decoy Grey Champion” who will come first — a role to be fulfilled by either Mike Pence or “Zombie Trump” (a Trump that cuts a deal with the “deep state” for border wall funding or for killing NAFTA and lets them have their way on Russia).

3) It suggests that Vladimir Putin’s initial leadership role in the New World Order / “reformed” UN will be that of an “eminence grise: a powerful decision-maker or adviser who operates “behind the scenes” or in a non-public or unofficial capacity. The Secretary-General will not make a move unless Putin okays it first.

So with this “Grey Champion” bullsh*t in mind, let’s look at how it may have been fulfilled earlier this year (the following excerpt is from one of the 25 January updates, which is further down this page)…

Getting back to the subject of watching Mike Pence this week, look at how the Jesuit-run America Magazine covered yesterday’s meeting between Pence and the Pope

…Here is an excerpt…

>>> U.S. Vice President Mike Pence met Pope Francis in the Vatican at noon on Jan. 24, and the two spoke together in private for an hour, a surprisingly long time for an audience with someone who is not a head of state. It was their first meeting.

Pope Francis welcomed the vice president, who was raised Catholic, and then led him into the private library where he receives heads of state and distinguished guests and where he received President Trump on May 24, 2017…

Before the two leaders met, one Vatican official told America the meeting was a “courtesy” visit, as Mr. Pence was also visiting Italy and was scheduled to meet with the country’s president, Sergio Mattarella, who also attended the Holocaust Forum, and Prime Minister Giuseppe Conte. But given the length of the meeting it could have been much more. The Vatican did not issue a press statement, since the vice president is not a head of state…

Mr. Pence’s audience with Pope Francis took place as the U.S. Senate is holding the impeachment trial of President Trump. <<<

So now that Pence has kissed the asses of Israel and the Vatican this week, let’s see if some new impeachment-impacting bombshell about Trump explodes at the beginning of the weekly news cycle on Monday. Pence’s nose is now brown-enough to be President.

Of course, the globalists backed off from transitioning to Pence via impeachment, but this week will provide another opportunity to bring him in via Trump’s incapacitation, death, or 25th Amendment removal.

~ MORE ~

Did the globalists get cold feet overnight? Some unexpected things happened today…

  1. Xi Jinping visited Wuhan to take a victory lap, which could be an indication that the COVID-19 hype in China is about to be wound down.
  2. The Russian Duma made their opening move towards allowing Vladimir Putin to extend his presidency, which could be an indication that the globalists are anticipating a delay in implementing the NWO (so they need to extend his term to keep him in position to play the savior in another prophecy fulfillment timetable).
  3. The stock market slide was halted.

It’s too early to know if they’re bailing on their March plans or not, but if we get to the 16th without a serious event, it will be a very good sign. In case they’re not bailing, though, the fireworks could begin as soon as tomorrow the 11th.


ALERT (9 March 2020) – The announcement of Pope Francis’s death by Coronavirus is imminent, and it will most likely occur between March 11-15, with Friday the 13th being the most likely day (it is the exact 7-year mark of his “Antichrist” papacy)…

…from Wikipedia

BE ADVISED THAT THE GLOBALISTS HAVE PLANNED A LARGE-SCALE ATTACK ON ROME THAT WILL COME WHEN ALMOST ALL THE CARDINALS HAVE GATHERED TO ELECT A NEW POPE, SO IT IS INADVISABLE TO STAY IN THE CITY AFTER THE ANNOUNCEMENT.

Considering the possibility that Rome could face a Coronavirus lockdown prior to the announcement, if I were in Rome now, I’d be packing my bags and going to stay with friends or family in the countryside by tomorrow at the latest.

~ MORE ~

It didn’t take them long to react — a little over 2 and a half hours after I posted this Alert, they locked down all of Italy. IF I WERE IN ROME, I WOULD LEAVE IMMEDIATELY, EVEN IF I HAD TO WALK BY FOOT THROUGH THE COUNTRYSIDE. More details have been added to the Alert below.

~ MORE ~

On Tuesday, March 3rd, a report was widely circulated in the media that claimed the Pope had been tested for COVID-19 and the test came back negative. As it turns out, that report may have been misleading. I discovered this a couple of days ago when I ran across the following report from a Catholic news site…

…from Crux. Here is an excerpt…

A mini-panic broke out in Rome Tuesday following an article in the Roman newspaper Il Messaggero by veteran Vatican reporter Franca Giansoldati, who reported that Pope Francis has undergone a test for the coronavirus and the results were negative…

What drove Vatican-watchers batty is not so much the idea that Francis’s medical team would have carried out a test for the coronavirus – which, since he’s sick and the disease has a large footprint in Italy, seems an entirely reasonable precaution. In fact, given the circumstances, the real story probably would have been why the pope hadn’t been tested for the disease.

Instead, the thing driving some people crazy is that the Vatican didn’t provide any comment on Giansoldati’s story, so that journalists have been left to traffic in second-hand reports and conjecture rather than officially confirmed information

There’s a grand history of such refusals. On August 19, 1914, for example, L’Osservatore Romano, the official Vatican newspaper, published a stinging editorial denouncing unnamed commentators who had suggested the previous day that Pope Pius X had a cold.

Less than twenty-four hours later, Pius X was dead.

When I saw this report — and its blatant foreshadowing — a couple of days ago, I knew the “Pope’s death by Coronavirus” side story was still in play, so I’ve been watching the news for more signs. This morning, a sign came…

…from Yahoo News / AFP. Here is an excerpt…

The Argentine-born pope has been out with a cold for more than a week, cancelling many of his public appearances.

Although he had a part of a lung removed when he was young, the pope has enjoyed a life of good health and follows a rigorous schedule.

His unusual absence during the coronavirus scare prompted immediate speculation that he had contacted COVID-19.

A newspaper reported last week that the pope had been tested for the virus and came out clean, although the Vatican never confirmed it.

When I saw that the mainstream media were mentioning the Vatican’s failure to confirm the Pope’s Coronavirus-free status, alarm bells started going off. They were preparing people for something. It was then that I decided to remind myself of the Pope’s exact inauguration date and saw that its 7th anniversary fell on Friday the 13th.

Now here’s the thing: it’s likely that the Pope isn’t sick at all, but that won’t stop the Vatican from announcing his death by Coronavirus this week. He’ll just go into seclusion in a special bunker in the Vatican catacombs while his globalist pals play out the planned drama above ground — and the drama that’s planned for Rome is a doozy.

There is a Kabbalist prophecy that calls for Rome’s destruction by fiery stones or missiles from the sky during a Vatican conclave. And since the Kabbalists are the ones running the show, you can be certain that they’ve gone to great pains to assure that all their prophecies are fulfilled.

Many of the Kabbalists come from families that were impacted by the Spanish Inquisition, so they’ve been looking forward to the day they can destroy Rome for a very long time. First, they infiltrated it, then they corrupted it, now they control it, and soon they’ll destroy it. After that, I guess they’ll celebrate it…

In yesterday’s update, I mentioned that if the globalists intend this month to be the end of the Great Tribulation, we’ll see a nuclear war scare come upon us. This nuclear scare may begin by one or more nukes popping off, since that would make the threat of a full nuclear exchange between the US and Russia all the more real and all the more terrifying. Rome could be one of the nuke targets, as could the USS Truman. Another option is that they’ll have a “desperate” Erdogan seize the US nukes supposedly at Incirlik Air Base and hold them hostage. We’ll just have to wait and see which nuclear scare option(s) they’ll choose.

~ MORE ~

Get a load of this…

…from the Drudge Report at 7:07 PM Texas Time

Is it just a coincidence that the Dow closed down by 2,013 points today? And is it just a coincidence that the Drudge headline left out the comma so the points read like a year? If we are seeing the end of the First Tribulation, then its beginning was 7 years ago in March of 2013. So the globalists could be signalling that today’s stock market crash was the beginning of the end of the First Tribulation. You can read about what happened in March of 2013 further down this page in the 15 February update, which is in an article titled Globalist Scripting Possibilities for March of 2020.


(8 March 2020) – I’m off today, but a reader reminded me that the USS Harry Truman (an aircraft carrier) is near Iran in the Arabian Sea. Upon doing a quick check on things, I discovered that the captain of the Truman is an Iranian (and thus a prime target for “Iranian revenge”), and I remembered that the Iranians are attributing their COVID-19 outbreak to an American bioweapon (WMD) attack. This creates a scripted motivation for the Iranians to launch a WMD attack of their own, which will serve nicely as cover for an Israeli false-flag. I also remembered the fact that if the globalists opt to end the Great Tribulation this month, we’re due for a nuclear war scare before the heroes show up to save the day. So watch for the Truman to get nuked — supposedly by Iran, but actually by Israel — this week.

For more general information about the possible attack, read the entry titled The Israeli False-Flag Sinking of a US Aircraft Carrier in the Persian Gulf, which is further down this page.

Note: I’ve published the developing article on COVID-19 as a stand-alone post also. So if you want to share the article without sharing everything else on the main page, use this link.

Today’s (3/7) update is below, to which I’ve appended a short guide (in blue) to the dates in March the globalists might use for certain events. I’ll be taking a day off tomorrow, Sunday the 8th, to recharge for a busy remainder of the month.

Starting Monday, we’ll look at…

  • Hillary’s path to the US presidency via Joe Biden [he is not only vulnerable to dying before the election or inauguration by heart attack or ruptured aneurysm, but he’s also vulnerable to forced resignation under allegations of pedophilia and child molestation (which, if covered along with Trump’s sex scandals by Hillary’s pals in the MSM, would provide a perfect setup for a female to take the presidency)].
  • The specific techniques the globalists are using to artificially fulfill “End Times” prophecy expectations (plagues, locusts, earthquakes, etc.).

Globalist Agenda Watch 2020: March Overwatch

(7 March 2020) – It looks like the Ides of March removal attempt on Trump will be related to the Coronavirus. Should he be scripted as resisting recommendations to lock down the country “to reduce the spread of COVID-19,” his attempted removal will come as a cabinet coup “initiated in response to his disastrous handling of an imminent threat to millions of American lives”


…from The Guardian and Banned.Video

Take note of the fact that Alex Jones profits from the COVID-19 hysteria through sales of storable food and health supplements. And the man he’s interviewing, Mike Adams, is also making a killing selling various health potions and snake oils to scared people. Other controlled alt-media sites profit from the hysteria through sales of survival supplies and precious metals, and through advertising revenues, memberships, and donations generated by their clickbait fear porn. So not only do they get paid by the globalists to lie to us, but they also set up additional ways of profiting from the propaganda they push.

Getting back to Trump, the globalists could also script him as becoming incapacitated or dying from COVID-19 “that he contracted during a domestic trip.” The NWO narrative would later claim that he was deliberately infected during his visit to the VRC or CDC. Here he is standing right next to a researcher who works with COVID-19 at the VRC…

Should the nationwide lockdown be initiated next week, it will look different than that of China. It is doubtful that they’ll try to force people to remain in their homes (propaganda-generated fear will take care of that), but they WILL lock down domestic travel and food distribution points. It’s no wonder that the Walmart down the street installed gates at the doors just recently.

If you’re a dissident type, you might not want to be caught traveling or visiting a big store after the lockdown. In China, security forces disguised in medical garb have been going door-to-door with rigged thermometers to carry off dissidents and regime opponents; in the West, the guys with the rigged thermometers will wait for you to get stir-crazy or hungry and come to them. Have a friend go instead.

All that being said, if the globalists are going to make their big move this month, they’ll have to get started next week. And given their predisposition towards numerological and historical tie-ins, there are some key dates to watch in the weeks ahead:

  • the 11th, which is a favored date for false-flag operations
  • Friday the 13th, which is tied-in to the concept of disastrous bad luck
  • the 15th, the Ides of March, which is tied-in to the betrayal and death of Julius Caesar
  • the 19th, which is the Spring Equinox, when “light returns to equality with darkness and begins to push it back”
  • the 22nd, which is a favored date for big revelations and earth-changing events
  • the 23rd, which is a holy number in Kabbalism

With these dates and their meanings set before us, we begin to see a shape to how the globalists might schedule events this month…

A false-flag attack next Wednesday the 11th could get a war crisis started, which would be followed by an attempted leadership shuffle from Friday the 13th through Sunday the 15th. Resolution would be reached between the 19th and 23rd. So on the 22nd, we might see the Avatars left standing or the Antichrists. Watch for the one who shows up in Jerusalem to stand in the holy place.

The COVID-19 Hype Train: The Catalyst for the NWO Transition

(2 March 2020) – You don’t have to be a medical expert to realize that the hype surrounding COVID-19 (the Wuhan Coronavirus) is ridiculously overblown; you need only look at the numbers, do a little basic math, and apply common sense.

Here are the numbers you start with…

…from the CDC

As you can see, a severe flu season can cause around 61,000 deaths in a single year here in the US. So just imagine if the globalists gave such a year’s dominant flu strain an exotic name like “FLUVID -19” and had the press start breathlessly covering every single infection and death like the plague was upon us. You would see headlines like this…

Well you don’t have to just imagine such shenanigans, because it’s happening right now with COVID-19. To see that this is true, let’s crunch a few numbers…

China has roughly four times the population of the US, and it’s safe to assume that their yearly flu death rates are roughly comparable to ours, so China can have around 244,000 flu deaths in a bad year (61,000 x 4 = 244,000). And those deaths occur during the typical 13-week flu season which stretches from January through early April (remember that COVID-19 infections in China began appearing in numbers in January, right in sync with flu season). So now that we’re 2/3 of the way through flu season, let’s look at how many Chinese have died of COVID-19 so far…

So as you can see, the lethality of COVID-19 is somewhere in the same ballpark as that of the common flu.

Now when is the last time you remember governments locking down their cities for flu season? Never, right? So why are they doing it this time?

Clearly, the progressing lockdown of the world has nothing to do with the actual threat posed by COVID-19. It’s about something else, and I’ve already written about it (in the 26 January update)…

On another note, don’t let the Coronavirus hype scare you. The virus is merely an excuse to lock down the population prior to the financial system collapse. People won’t want to attend mass demonstrations if they think they’ll get a deadly virus from doing so.

(3 March 2020) – From the looks of the COVID-19 propaganda coming out today on 3/3, we may see a nationwide/worldwide lockdown of the major cities as early as next week…



…from Zero Hedge (top, middle) and Infowars (bottom)

This lockdown is the final sign that will precede the controlled demolition of the current financial system. Their rationale in using fear of COVID-19 to compel people to “shelter in place” is “we don’t want the terrified monkeys running wild and burning down the zoo when we take the banana dispensing system down for a reboot.”

Under previous versions of the script, they were going to use a cutoff of food stamps and a widespread domestic terror campaign as an excuse to lock down the cities under martial law. But this pandemic approach is much more clever and effective: in people’s minds, they’re unleashing trillions of unseen viral terrorists to threaten a bronchial invasion and pulmonary jihad against anyone who ventures out of their homes during the lockdown. Fear of this invisible enemy will be very effective in motivating people to stay in their homes, and the mega-hyped COVID-19 outbreak will make the government lockdown look justifiable.

(4 March 2020) – Beyond the most obvious reasons for the COVID-19 Psyop…

  • to serve as the excuse to lock down the population prior to the economic collapse, and
  • to serve as the black swan event that supposedly triggers the collapse,

…there is another key reason…

Specifically, there are two prophecy passages in the Bible that the COVID-19 sham aims to fulfill:

Luke 21:10-11 Then He continued by saying to them, “Nation will rise against nation and kingdom against kingdom, and there will be great earthquakes, and in various places plagues and famines; and there will be terrors and great signs from heaven.

COVID-19 helps fulfill the “plagues in various places” part, and we’ll explore the other aspects of this passage later in this entry.

Revelation 13:16-17 And the second beast required all people small and great, rich and poor, free and slave, to receive a mark on their right hand or on their forehead, so that no one could buy or sell unless he had the mark — the name of the beast or the number of its name.

This infamous “Mark of the Beast” passage may be fulfilled by the COVID-19 vaccination program.

The Western version of the vaccine may require that an identification chip be injected into the hand at the time of the shot. This chip would be used to determine if someone has been vaccinated or not, and under the quarantine rules, those who have not been vaccinated may be banned from public places like stores (just like school children who have not had childhood vaccinations have been banned from schools). If the entry scanner at a public place does not detect a vaccination chip in someone, that person would be turned away or carted-off to a “quarantine center.”

If March turns out to be the gateway to the Great Tribulation, you will see this Mark of the Beast system implemented. But if March is the end of the Great Tribulation, Putin and Pals will be narrated as having “saved the world from this terrible fate.” The globalists may do this by having the Russians and Chinese provide a “clean” vaccine or by having Trump provide sequestered healing technology held by the Secret Space Program / US Space Force.

The Trump option has been previously hinted-at by CIA disinfo stooge Robert David Steele…

“As a side note, I am certain that ‘free’ energy, anti-gravity propulsion, and other technologies including healing and anti-aging technologies that have been secret and held back from the public are on the verge of release, perhaps during President Donald Trump’s second term. This will have massive positive political, socio-economic, and techno-demographic implications…” – from the Russian International Affairs Council

On a related note, a couple of readers have contacted me about something I too have noticed: the bifurcation of the COVID-19 narrative in the controlled alt-media — with most sites hyping COVID-19 as a serious pandemic, but other sites blasting the hype or presenting both pro-hype and anti-hype messages. This is actually a fairly common practice in the controlled alt-media, and there is a very practical strategy behind it.

If all of the controlled alt-media (CAM) were to present the same exact message, the percentage of the population that would reject the message would be alienated from the entire CAM and might go off and start thinking for themselves. The globalists can’t have that. So what they do is have the MAJORITY of the CAM present the message they wish to promote at the moment, and have a MINORITY of the CAM act as controlled opposition to that message. That way, those who reject the message will be drawn to the controlled opposition and remain under the sway of the CAM.

At the current moment, the globalists want the public to see COVID-19 as a serious threat, so the majority of the CAM are hyping it up. At the same time, they’re having the controlled opposition minority of the CAM reject the hype and promote Trump, who is also taking a public stance against the COVID-19 hysteria. A prime example of a controlled opposition message can be found in a disinfo piece sent to me by reader Glen-Glenda…

…from Veterans Today. Here are some key parts of the article…

The Americans cannot be trusted — the President has the right idea but the CIA and CDC are fearmongering, the first from ignorance the second from a malicious interest in budget building and Deep State undermining of President Trump’s re-election prospects

President Trump CAN be trusted

…the prospects of an untested vaccine possibly including digital ID and in the worst case sterilization elements to advance the depopulation agenda…

As you can see, disinfo stooge Steele is acting as controlled opposition to capture the attention of those who are rejecting the COVID-19 hype. And what is he selling those people? The NWO narrative of course…

  • “The evil Deep State is behind the fake pandemic, and they want to chip you and sterilize you.”
  • “President Trump is a good guy who is fighting against the dastardly villains, and they are trying to remove him from office.”

With articles like the Veterans Today piece, the controlled opposition CAM are providing the narrative for the potential end of the Great Tribulation.

(6 March 2020) – Getting back to the reasons for the COVID-19 bioweapon release — and moving beyond the global reasons of locking down the population, triggering the financial system collapse, and artificially fulfilling Biblical prophecy — there are specific reasons that China was chosen as the release point.

Reason 1 – To help ameliorate the graying of the Chinese population. Due to the former one-child policy of the Chinese Communist Party, China’s population has become unbalanced, with too many old people and too few young. By killing off the elderly and leaving children untouched, Wuhan Coronavirus aids in the rebalancing.

Reason 2 – To help reorient the Chinese economy away from an export-driven model and towards a domestic consumption-driven model. By stopping the very heart of the China-centered global supply chain network with the COVID-19 outbreak, the globalists are providing a reason for companies all over the world to diversify and localize their supply chains.

Reason 3 – To provide narrative support for the Chinese part of the prophecy fulfillment program:

Under a “Xi as a First Tribulation Avatar / Second Tribulation Antichrist” scripting, the bioweapon release…

  • provides a First Tribulation “Zionist/Western race-based bioweapon attack” narrative to aid in Xi’s rise to Avatar (hero) status, and
  • provides a Second Tribulation “Xi actually ordered the bioweapon attack to provide cover for killing-off his opponents” narrative to aid in Xi’s revelation as an antichrist.

Under a “Xi as a First Tribulation Antichrist” scripting, the bioweapon release…

  • provides cause for Xi’s fall this year.

You can read more about Reason 3 in the 8 February update further down this page. And you can read more about the globalists’ prophecy fulfillment program in Ken’s Collected Writings on the Globalist Prophecy Fulfillment Deception, as well as in various updates further down this page.

Here are some other things worth noting today…

Note 1 – A reader has reminded me that March 11 is Qasem Soleimani’s birthday, so it would be the perfect day for a false-flag attack to be pinned on the “vengeful Iranians.” And since the globalists are eager to stage a short war between the Palestinians and Israelis so they can knock down Al Aqsa Mosque in the crossfire, an attack that would trigger that war tops the list of false-flag possibilities.

As was noted in the 26 February update (a little further down this page), an assassination attempt on Benjamin Netanyahu using a precision-guided “Iranian” missile or drone “fired by Hamas” would do nicely to start the war. And since the Mossad will know better than anyone the exact location of Netanyahu at the time of the attack, they will be the ones who actually launch the missile/drone.

The globalists will most likely narrate the attack either killing or injuring Netanyahu. That way, the door will be opened for Israel’s Chabad-connected Defense Minister Naftali Bennett to take the initiative in starting the war. And once Al Aqsa Mosque has been taken out, the war will be stopped by a resurrected/recovered Netanyahu with the help of Donald Trump and Vladimir Putin — that’s the most likely form of the script at least.

Note 2 – In the leadup to yesterday’s emergency summit between Putin and Erdogan, some interesting headlines surfaced in the controlled alt-media…



…from Zero Hedge (top, middle) and Infowhores (bottom)

These articles hint at an imminent fall for “Erdogan the Dajjal” (the Muslim Antichrist figure of the First Tribulation). Here are some excerpts from the articles along with my comments:

Let’s start with snippets from the Zero Hedge article on top…

It looks like Turkish President Recep Tayyip Erdogan is headed for the political gallows a lot quicker than I ever thought.

His offensive in Idlib has bogged down. And a day before he’s scheduled to meet with Russian President Vladimir Putin in Moscow Erdogan Turkish parliament degrades quickly as opposition speaks out against his Syria campaign…

It’s clear Erdogan’s support at home is deteriorating quickly. And his push into Syria is a grave miscalculation as I’ve noted in other posts…

Remember, Russia holds a lot of sway over the Turkish economy and, as such, controls a fair amount of Erdogan’s political capital hostage. No matter how he tries to spin this, he’s the aggressor here and Putin knows he’s an unreliable partner.

The Russian Ministry of Defense isn’t playing games. In the same way that they systematically revealed the real narrative of U.S. support of the Syrian Civil War during the early stages of their military intervention it is now doing the same thing to Erdogan’s betrayal of the 2018 Sochi agreement.

So the narrative is that Erdogan may fall because he has alienated all of Turkey’s old friends (the US and EU) and new friends (the Russians), and he has put Turkey on course for a war against most all of their neighbors and other regional powers — a multi-front war that cannot possibly end well for the Turkish nation.

Now let’s continue on with snippets from the Zero Hedge article in the middle…

Starting Tuesday Turkey’s parliament began a closed session on the situation in Idlib province, where Erdogan’s military adventurism to protect al-Qaeda linked factions coming under Russian-Syrian air power is resulting in mounting Turkish troop casualties and the potential for escalation with the Russians, not to mention a new ‘state of war’ footing with Damascus.

Near daily new dead and wounded have been reported after 34 Turkish soldiers were killed on Feb. 27 in an airstrike blamed by Ankara on Syria — but widely believed to have been carried out by Russia.

Underscoring the mounting domestic anger and divide over Erdogan’s getting the Turkish Army more deeply bogged down in northwest Syria — after he days ago declared a large military offensive against pro-Assad forces — a large brawl erupted in parliament Wednesday after an MP lashed out at President Erdogan over his reckless Syria policy…

“Are you looking for Satan? You are the Satan cutting deals with the U.S. (for Idlib) You sent our soldiers to die for this,” the opposition MP said.

It’s notable that the Turkish MP called Erdogan “the Satan” since Erdogan is tasked with playing a Satanic figure in the globalist prophecy fulfillment program. What’s also notable was the section on the “airstrike blamed by Ankara on Syria — but widely believed to have been carried out by Russia.” The Russians have actually denied that they carried out the strike, instead pointing the finger at Syrian forces, but I’ve come across no admissions by the Syrians that they did it. This raises an obvious question…

Was the airstrike that put Erdogan and Putin at each other’s throats actually carried out by an Israeli F-35? If it was, it will be narrated that Israeli Defense Minister Naftali Bennett secretly arranged the strike, and he may arrange another to break the ceasefire agreement Erdogan and Putin made at the March 5 summit in Moscow. Might that second strike come on the 11th?

Finally, here are snippets from the Infowars article on bottom…

Rather than submit to this latest mass invasion, Greeks rose up against their own government and fought off their own police to stop new refugee centers from being built on their once pristine islands…

The Greek government quickly caved and threw their support behind their own people demanding an end to the invasion.

Seeing Erdogan’s transparent ploy for what it was, the EU for once decided to do the right thing and stand with Greece against weaponized migration.

So the narrative is that a populist uprising in Greece is responsible for the Greek government attempting to block the migrant invasion, and the NWO narrative will say that it was the “Satanic” Western leaders’ fear of an EU-wide popular uprising that forced them to come to Greece’s aid. Since the NWO narrative holds that the “Satanic” Western leaders have been working together all along with the “radical Islamist” Erdogan to invade and destroy “Christian civilization,” the Western Satanists are effectively leaving their Islamist partner hanging in the wind.

Since Erdogan’s fall would be indicative of the ending of the First Tribulation, seeing it happen this month would be good news for all of us… at least for a time.

March Begins: Who will rise and who will fall?

(1 March 2020) – Given the current trajectory of the Coronavirus narrative and Turkey’s launch of the migrant invasion of Europe last week, there is a strong chance that the globalists will finally pull the trigger this month. So starting today and continuing through the Ides of March, we may witness a number of coup removals and/or assassinations of major world leaders as armed conflicts erupt around the world. The key leader to watch, though, is Vladimir Putin.

If you see Putin making “masterful geopolitical moves” in dealing with conflicts in Syria, Israel, and other places, it means we’re on track to see the end of the “Great Tribulation” this month. But if Putin is assassinated, removed, or isolated on the world stage, the “Great Tribulation” is just getting started.

Here are some other things worth noting…

  • The Next Lehman Moment is imminent, and it will bring the global economic system to a standstill, but economic activity will be restarted relatively quickly.
  • Don’t stress over the Coronavirus (unless you are elderly or have a weakened immune system); it’s only moderately worse than the common flu. But DO stress over any Western or Israeli vaccines for it.
  • Watch the skies; the “mysterious triangular objects” that are being seen in space near the International Space Station and orbiting Earth may appear in the air and in numbers by the end of this month. Their arrival would signal the end of the armed conflicts, the Coronavirus “pandemic,” and the global economic collapse.

More points and a comprehensive entry on the Coronavirus Psyop are coming…

Putin versus Erdogan & The Destruction of the Vatican

(27 February 2020) – It looks like there may be either an imminent conflict or an imminent emergency summit between the “Dajjal” (Erdogan) and “Moshiach” (Putin)…

…from Zero Hedge

I’ve been waiting for the “still-active Dajjal’s” scripted betrayal of Putin for a long time now, but we should also watch for a potential takedown of Erdogan by the Turkish military or an assassin in accordance with the “defeated Dajjal” scenario I covered in my 21 March 2019 update (from The 2019 Archive)…

…This change in Turkey’s portrayal of ISIS happened after Erdogan did his big U-turn towards Russia, and I’ve previously noted that the change in policy meant that Erdogan will be scripted as either being cornered and defeated by Putin and Soleimani or being switched to a different character in the End Times drama. So seeing the passage in the Zero Hedge article got me looking around for more narrative support propaganda. This is what I found…

…from Ahval. Here is an excerpt…

>>> Turkish politics demonstrates the immense influence of Eurasianist deep-state elements which control the Turkish military while temporarily tolerating and supporting President Recep Tayyip Erdogan

These deep-state elements are using the power of Erdogan to convince Islamist-conservative grassroots groups in Turkish politics of the necessity of the current political course…

Erdogan and his inner circle had to “abandon the successful negotiation process with Kurdish separatists for a political solution to the problem and give up their pro-Western foreign policy orientation, including its democratisation side effects,”…

This lead to a criminalising of all former allies of Erdogan, including liberals, Kurds and Gulenists.

“The anti-Western faction in the Turkish military maximized its power and dismissed large numbers of military personnel of all ranks – almost 50 percent of all generals and admirals of Turkish forces and about 18,000 high, middle and low-ranking officers – after the 2016 coup attempt. Currently, the reactivated deep-state military personnel are in key positions in the Turkish armed forces,”

Erdogan and his inner circle do not reflect the real power constellation in Turkey.

In looking for answers to questions such as “can Erdogan alone control the powerful Turkish military? Why did Erdogan terminate the “Solution Process” with the Kurds? It was his greatest project and the biggest risk of his entire political career. Why did he change course in Syria and in Turkey’s general foreign policy orientation? Why did he decide to develop a strategic partnership with Russia? Why did he purge so many soldiers in the Turkish military and bureaucracy?’’ one is forced to consider Erdogan’s new deep-state partners… <<<

So as you can see, the Ahval article suggests that Erdogan was politically outmaneuvered and is essentially a captive president to the now pro-Russian Turkish military. In other words, the article hints at how the “Dajjal” (Erdogan) was defeated by the “Moshiach” (Putin) and “Mahdi” (Soleimani). The NWO narrative of how it all went down will probably sound something like this…

>>> As the defeat of Damascus grew close, the Mahdi reached out to the Moshiach to intervene with the power of the air. The Moshiach did this. And while he was stopping and reversing the Satanist victory in Syria, he was also reaching out to friendly elements in the Turkish military in order to topple the Dajjal’s kingdom from within.

On June 27, 2016, the Dajjal was defeated by a secret military coup, choosing to surrender and cooperate rather than be toppled. The Turkish military then simulated a public coup 20 days later, after which the Dajjal followed the orders he was given to arrest the Satanic West-leaning elements of the Turkish government and military, thus helping facilitate the victory of the Moshiach and Mahdi. <<<

This, then, is the globalist story of how the “Dajjal” was peacefully defeated.

And I was wondering why the narrative took the Coronavirus to Italy of all places, but now I see…

…from Zero Hedge

Last year, they were planning to destroy the Vatican during its late-February sex abuse conclave; this year, it might happen during a conclave to replace a deceased Pope Francis…

>>>the “kings of the earthgather in Rome, possibly during a papal conclave, and are killed by fiery stones or missiles from the sky. <<<

~ MORE ~

Let’s see how Trump responds to Turkey’s calls for aid (Patriot missile batteries and US air patrols or a no-fly zone over Idlib). If he denies US support and instead calls for Turkish forces to “withdraw to the safety of Turkish territory,” it’ll indicate that he’s on the “good Trump” trajectory.

~ later ~

ALERT – Turkey has reportedly launched the long-expected migrant invasion of Europe and appears to be attacking areas where Russian troops are present. It looks like it’s on. Watch for a potential cabinet coup against Trump if he doesn’t back Erdogan. Also watch for a potential assassination play on Putin.

9:44 PM (Texas Time) – Let’s also not forget the US nukes supposedly based at Incirlik Air Base in Turkey. Should Trump refuse assistance to Turkey, Erdogan may seize the US part of the base, its military personnel, and its nukes.

Look for a Potential Assassination of Netanyahu Next Week

[I’ve edited this entry to reflect that “Putin has opted to sidestep Erdogan’s trap in Istanbul.”]

(26 February 2020) – On March 2, exactly a week after the joint US-Israel mapping committee began the process of defining the West Bank territories that Israel will annex once Netanyahu forms a government, the Israelis will have their legislative election. This opens the possibility of the globalists staging a fake Mossad/Chabad assassination of Netanyahu to be initially blamed on the Palestinians and “their desperation to stop Netanyahu and the annexations.” The likely method of assassination would be a strike on a polling place or public gathering where Netanyahu is present using a precision-guided “Iranian” drone or missile — a scenario that has been previously foreshadowed…


…from JNS (top) and The Times of Israel (bottom)

According to the scripting, such an assassination would allow Mossad/Chabad…

  • to remove “Avatar” Netanyahu (who has supposedly been restraining them from starting their “End Times War to bring in a false Jewish Messiah”),
  • to provide a pretext for pushing Trump into attacking the Iranians (“who provided the missile used to kill Netanyahu”), and
  • to create a casus belli for an immediate outbreak of hostilities in the West Bank and Gaza (and possibly in Lebanon and Syria also) under Israel’s Chabad-aligned Defense Minister Naftali Bennett…

    …from CBN

Of course, Al Aqsa Mosque would be destroyed in the crossfire between the Israelis and Palestinians, thus allowing the Israelis to construct the Third Temple in the aftermath of the conflict.


(29 February 2020) – I spent yesterday laying-in supplies for what looks to be a turbulent March. Previously, I’d made elaborate plans to prepare for the transition period, but my strategy proved to have one fatal flaw: I made elaborate plans.

Whenever faced with a daunting task, I’ve always liked to break it down into achievable steps — “baby steps” if you will. But usually by the time I’m done listing out all the steps, I find myself daunted by their sheer number, so I end up doing nothing.

I achieve little if I don’t plan, and when I do plan, I achieve nothing…

So how did I resolve this conundrum? I made a goal that was itself a single baby step: “Go to Costco and buy some canned sh*t.”

Now I have some canned sh*t. So when the end comes, I’ll be eating Wolf Brand Chili.


A Quick Note About This Blog
& A Three-Paragraph Crash Course Before You Read Further

My purpose in writing this blog is twofold: 1) to educate the public on the true objectives and strategies of the globalists, and 2) to expose and hopefully block any quick advances towards their goals — to prevent the next 9/11-style “big leap forward.”

In order to fulfill the second part of my purpose, I employ a strategy of deterrence through exposure of their methods, aims, and narratives in which I write in detail about every point during the current year where I perceive an opportunity for them to make a big leap. If my strategy works, they won’t attempt the leap, nothing will happen, and it will appear that I was wrong. That is exactly the outcome I aim for. I am not in the prediction business; I’m in the prevention business.

To better understand my philosophy on this, read The magician and the heckler.

Now here is the crash course (you can get a more extensive course by scrolling down a ways to the section titled An Introduction to What’s Really Going On)>>>

It is important for new readers to understand that the globalists control both sides in the current political drama…

  • both the “Establishment” side (Obama, Clinton, Soros, the Bilderbergers, the mainstream media, the “Zionist-Nazi-Neocon-Neolib Deep State,” the communists / socialists, etc.)
  • and the “Anti-Establishment” side (Trump, Le Pen, Putin, the BRICS, the alternative media, the “Patriot-Constitutionalist Deep State,” the libertarians / Austrian economists, etc.).

They are deliberately staging a dialectic conflict between these two controlled fronts in order to implode their existing “Establishment” and erect a new one (the New World Order) in its place. This is the true narrative of what’s going on in our world today.

What I’ll be covering in the writings that follow are the specific events and false narratives they’re attempting to use in moving us into the NWO. Since there are two controlled sides to the staged conflict, there are two false narratives the globalists are spinning: 1) the mainstream narrative, which is the Establishment-side propaganda they sell to the sleepers, and 2) the alt-media narrative, which is the Anti-Establishment-side propaganda they sell to those who are awakening. They want you to come to see the mainstream narrative as a lie and the alt-media narrative as the truth. That’s because today’s alt-media will be the mainstream media of the New World Order.

In past entries, I’ve talked about the globalist effort to shift people to the “political right” in preparation for the launch of the real “right-wing NWO” — the much publicized and feared “left-wing NWO” being just a decoy used to scare us to the right. This effort to move the herd rightward is the reason the media are using leftist dimwits like Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez to scare the American public into thinking “the heroic Trump” is the only thing standing between them and a leftist catastrophe of open borders, political violence, silenced speech, grabbed guns, and a Venezuela-like socialist/communist economy.

That being said, you now have the proper contextual framework to understand the globalists’ true motives in orchestrating ongoing and coming events, and you can continue reading the rest of the page with greater understanding. Here is a list of my most recent entries, with the entries themselves placed below the list…

  • A Globalist Fairy Tale: the NWO narrative
  • ALERT (19 February 2020): The Ides of March May Come Early as the “Presidents Day Weekend Coup” Against Trump
  • Globalist Scripting Possibilities for March of 2020
  • The Partial Globalist Retreat of January 29 & The globalist narratives for Trump’s betrayal of Israel
  • The Globalists’ Stillborn Plan to Make Hillary Clinton the Democratic Nominee
  • What To Watch For This Week (2/3-9): A Trump sex scandal, a Miami outbreak, and a ladder for Jared Kushner
  • The Real Story on the Assassination of Qasem Soleimani
  • Globalist Prophecy Timetables and March of 2020
  • ALERT (19 January 2020): Keep an eye on the Virginia Gun Rally and the UK House of Lords
  • What To Watch For This Week: Mike Pence’s World Tour
  • The Globalist Entrapment Team
  • What To Watch For This Week: Trump’s Middle East Provocation and a Potential Shock Veto of the Brexit Deal (+ notes on a possible globalist retreat on January 29)
  • FALSE-FLAG ALERT (29 January 2020): Engineered Viral Pandemic / Super Bowl Attack
  • Globalist Agenda Watch 2020: What to watch for between now and the end of March
  • Globalist Scripting Options for Turkey’s Erdogan
  • Trump’s Fate Will Mirror Netanyahu’s
  • The Globalist Gameplan for Early 2020 & A Note on Erdogan, Putin, and the Libyan Situation
  • Watch for the Destruction of Rome and the Fall of the Catholic Church
  • Why the Globalists Might Recast Trump as the Western (decoy) Antichrist
  • Chabad Rabbi Greets Trump as a Jewish King (+ a repost of “Israel’s Chief Sephardic Rabbi confirms Putin is a Jew” & How the Kabbalists Will Use Trump/Kushner’s “Legacy” to Drive All Jews to Israel)
  • A Note on North Korea’s “Christmas gift” to Trump
  • The Trump-Kushner Relationship under the “Trump as Antichrist” Option

A Globalist Fairy Tale: the NWO narrative

(22-23 February 2020) – Allow me to tell you a little good versus evil fairy tale. Among the various fairy tales the globalists might tell you after the events of March, it is the one you’ll most likely hear. Remember that this is their story — their NWO narrative — not mine… and it’s all bullsh*t…

As the time approached for the end of the current Age of Evil on our world, the Forces of Darkness conspired to prevent the return of the Forces of Light. They hatched a plot whereby they would annihilate most of the human race, especially those of faith, and firmly subjugate and brainwash the shellshocked remnant under a One World Government run by them. This would be done so that when the Forces of Light made their scheduled return, they would find the entire planet united in opposition to them. But God, fully knowing their plot, made a plan of His own.

To stop the Dark Plot, God sent His Avatars to Earth early and disguised in human form. Their mission was to infiltrate the Dark power structures and work their way to the top so they could sabotage the Plot before it reached fruition. Among these Avatars were…

Moshiach ben David (Jesus Christ), the true Savior of the Jews and the Christians, who incarnated as Vladimir Putin to rise to leadership in the nation that had the most nuclear weapons, Russia, and stand directly and immovably in the path of the Dark Plot.

Moshiach ben Yosef, the Jewish Messiah and assistant to Moshiach ben David, who incarnated as Benjamin Netanyahu to rise to leadership in Israel in order to protect it from the Dark Forces that recreated it for the purpose of taking it to war and making a blood sacrifice of its Jews.

Cyrus the Great, the mighty Persian emperor and Jewish Messiah, who incarnated as Donald Trump to rise to leadership in the belly of the Beast, the United States, and aid Putin and Netanyahu in preventing the blood sacrifice of Israel and the world.

Imam Mahdi, the Muslim Messiah, who incarnated as Qasem Soleimani to stop the Forces of Darkness from subjugating the Islamic world.

Lord Kalki, the Hindu Messiah, who incarnated as Narendra Modi to rise to leadership in the world’s second most populous nation, India, and prevent the annihilation of the Hindus in a nuclear exchange with Pakistan triggered by its own National Security Deep State.

Maitreya Buddha, who incarnated as Xi Jinping to rise to leadership in China and end the stranglehold the Dark Forces held over humanity through the power of mammon.

In the year of 2009 AD, with Dark agents Barack Obama, Dmitry Medvedev, and Hu Jintao leading the US, Russia, and China, the Dark Forces launched their G20 New World Order. They thereafter started toppling governments in the Middle East with color revolutions and military interventions so they could move the nations towards a climactic world war that would devastate the global population and bring in their One World Government. But then something happened, and it began in 2012.

In May of 2012, Vladimir Putin regained the Presidency of Russia and reversed the policies of Medvedev that had allowed the Dark Forces to run wild in the Middle East. And in March of 2013, Xi Jinping displaced Hu Jintao as President of China and began China’s resistance to the Dark Agenda. Xi went on to contest control over the Dark’s NWO in September of 2016, which was also the month Donald Trump rose in resistance to the Dark’s plot by making a covenant with Israel to protect it from destruction.

After spending years trying to remove and assassinate these new Avatar leaders of Russia, China, and America, the Dark Forces grew so desperate that they unleashed a pandemic upon the world, hoping it would stop China’s takeover of the NWO and dislodge Xi from leadership. But…

That’s where the story meets the now. And should they decide to start writing the ending next month, it will go according to one of the scenarios I’ve laid out for you. Otherwise, they’ll slow burn the pandemic through September and try again then OR China and Russia will announce that they’ve developed a COVID-19 vaccine and the outbreak will be ended so they can try again another year.


ALERT (19 February 2020): The Ides of March May Come Early as the “Presidents Day Weekend Coup” Against Trump

The current propaganda trend surrounding President Trump and Attorney General Barr suggests that the Roger Stone sentencing and pardon may be used as a trigger event for either a 25th Amendment cabinet coup organized by Barr, who is a member of the cabinet, or a release of sexual blackmail information on Trump.

Here is what the schedule of events looks to be…

  1. On Thursday, Stone will be sentenced to jail time.
  2. On Friday, Trump will pardon him.
  3. On Saturday the 22nd, which is George Washington’s birthday and the start of Presidents Day Weekend, a cabinet coup or sex scandal release will be set in motion (both the number 22 and George Washington hold significance to the Freemasons). The coup, if it occurs, might not hit the news until Presidents Day on Monday.

As for the reason for an early coup, it is to put Pence and/or Kushner in position to play the Western Antichrist next month. And the sex scandal alternative would be a nice lead-in to the launch of Hillary Clinton’s stealth presidential campaign on March 8.

~ later ~

Come to think of it, we may see BOTH the sex scandal and the coup over the long weekend. A sex scandal release on Saturday would serve nicely as “the final straw” that sparks a cabinet coup on Monday. Pence could speak about how Trump has “fallen short of the example set by George Washington” and how he’ll work to restore respectability to the office.

And given what I’ve written about the possibility of the American Secret Space Program / US Space Force being revealed to the public next month, it’s interesting that Pence made the news today with a visit to NASA’s Langley Research Center. As I mentioned in my 22 January update, the globalists have been positioning Pence as “Mr. Space” by having him chair the National Space Council and swear-in the commander of the Space Force…

…from Defense.gov

So will “Mr. Space” be the President who rolls out the American UFOs this year?

~ MORE – 20 February 2020 ~

It should be noted that as the controlled alt-media narrate a surge in Coronavirus cases outside of China, Las Vegas is a city that receives over 200,000 Chinese visitors per year

…from Nevada Current

And Trump has arrived in Vegas for a political rally tomorrow. So watch for the possibility of a “Vegas outbreak” making the news over the weekend, possibly with a tie-in to Trump’s death. Since Vegas is a place that people from all over America visit (and then go home with whatever social diseases they contract there), a Vegas outbreak would be a good substitute for the canceled Super Bowl attack.

~ MORE – 21 February 2020 ~

Trump has decided to hold off on the Stone pardon for the moment, so the “Ides of March” may now be delayed until we’re in the right month.


Globalist Scripting Possibilities for March of 2020

(15 February 2020) – To lock down all the foreseeable scenarios the globalists could throw at us next month, let’s take another look at the events that occurred 3.5 and 7 years before March 2020. In the process of doing so, we’ll examine the possibilities that flow from each individual event.

In March of 2013 — 7 years ago come next month — the following happened…

> Obama revealed himself as the Western antichrist by standing in Christ’s birthplace Since this event happened a full Tribulation period (7 years) ago, it creates the possibility that…

  • the Western antichrists (Obama, Clinton, the “Deep State,” et al.) may fall to the “good guys” (the future heroes of the NWO) in March. Their fall would come because of the prophecy expectation that “the Antichrist will reign for 7 years.”

> The first Jesuit head of the Roman Catholic Church, Pope Francis, took his throne and assumed the role of the “False Prophet” Since this event happened a full Tribulation period (7 years) ago, it creates the possibility that…

  • the Pope / False Prophet may fall along with the other Western antichrists in March.

> Xi Jinping rose to the presidency of China and later began a crackdown on religious groups, including Christians and Kaifeng Jews Since this event happened a full Tribulation period (7 years) ago, it creates the possibility that…

  • Xi could be recast as a First Tribulation antichrist who falls along with the other antichrists in March.

As I previously noted, Obama, Pope Francis, and Xi Jinping are considered leftists / socialists / communists, so their fall in March would likely come as the result of a “communist attack” on America and/or Trump. Should the communist attack take the form of a war, Xi could declare that America and Israel were responsible for the Coronavirus outbreak and launch a multidimensional attack (along with their allies) on both nations (watch for Al Aqsa Mosque to be destroyed in the crossfire). And should the communist attack take the form of a political coup, Trump and Netanyahu could face an “Ides of March” scenario that targets them both for political or physical death.

The communist attack could begin at any time, but it would climax with an American victory in March. This victory may result from the unveiling of the American Secret Space Program / US Space Force, and it will be accompanied by mass arrests of the “Deep State.” A New World Order (either “good” or “evil”) would rise from this event — possibly by September.

~ MORE – 16 February 2020 ~

In September of 2016 — 3.5 years ago come next month — the following happened…

 > Xi Jinping offered the world his economic leadership and transformed Obama’s G20 world order into the G20 Belt and Road world order at the 2016 G20 Summit in Hangzhou, China. – Since this event happened half a Tribulation period (3.5 years) ago, it creates the possibility that…

  • the Hangzhou Summit can be narrated as the beginning of Xi’s 7-year tenure as Antichrist (instead of March 2013). It was during just such a summit in September of 2009 that Obama sat as the leader of the G20 and transformed it into a “new world order” / “new financial order,” thus beginning his 7-year Antichrist timeline. His time ended when he arrived “all back of the bus” at Xi’s G20 Summit…

    …from the Guardian

In this case, March 2020 would mark the point when Xi takes the publicly visible lead on the world stage by checkmating the West. If he does this hand-in-hand with Putin, the multilateral / multipolar “good” NWO could launch by September. If he does it without Putin, we may be in for an “evil” China-centric unipolar NWO that could last until September of 2023.

~ MORE – 20 February 2020 ~

Getting back to what happened in September of 2016…

> Presidential candidate Donald Trump and his handler Jared Kushner met with Benjamin Netanyahu to discuss “issues relating to Israel’s security and its efforts to achieve stability and peace in the Middle East” Since this event happened half of a Tribulation period (3.5 years) ago, it creates the possibility that…

  • the meeting can be narrated as the point at which the Antichrist, Trump or Kushner, made a 7-year peace covenant with Israel. And since prophecy expectations hold that the Antichrist will break the peace covenant 3.5 years after making it, March could be the point at which Trump or Kushner go back on their promises to Israel.

Should Trump be the one who abandons or alters the deal, it could happen as part of his supposed effort to take down the “evil Zionists”; if Kushner is the one to do the deed, it could be attributed to his desire to sabotage Netanyahu’s chances of forming a government after the Israeli election. The globalists have been staging a phony conflict between Netanyahu and Chabad (of which Kushner is an agent) since late 2018.

> Trump debuted on the global political stage in his first presidential debate with Hillary Clinton Since this event happened half of a Tribulation period (3.5 years) ago, it creates the possibilities that…

  • Trump can be narrated as “a populist frontman foisted on the Republicans by the Deep State / Democrats in order to either lose to the election to Hillary or serve as their proxy president,” in which case he’ll be discarded in favor of Pence or Kushner in March.
  • Trump can be narrated as “a populist frontman recruited by the White Hats in the intelligence agencies and Pentagon in order to win the presidency and restore the republic,” in which case they’ll roll out the Secret Space Program / US Space Force to back him up and take down the “Deep State” in March.
  • Trump can be narrated as “a leader appointed by God to assist in defeating the Dark Forces ravaging the Earth,” in which case March will bring “his victory over the Dark Forces” or “his fall to the Dark Forces before returning later with divine reinforcements.”
  • Trump can be narrated as “a leader appointed by Satan to continue the work of the antichrists and plunge the world into a Satanic Dark Kingdom,” in which case he’ll use the Space Force to crush resistance to a unipolar world order in March.

When Trump confronted Hillary Clinton on the political stage in September of 2016, he confronted the heir apparent to Obama’s Western antichrist crown. But the heir apparent is not always the heir actual. So Trump will be cast as either “the wolf in sheep’s clothing to whom the antichrist baton was handed” or “the man God sent to interrupt the handover of the baton.”

> Israel’s Shimon Peres was afflicted with a stroke (on the 13th) and died (on the 28th), after having warned the world about Trump. The prophecy propaganda rabbis claimed that his death was “the opening to Gog and Magog, and the final stages before Messiah” Since this event happened half of a Tribulation period (3.5 years) ago, it creates the possibility that…

  • Peres’s death can be narrated as marking either the beginning of the 7-year Tribulation period or the beginning of the 3.5-year Great Tribulation.

In the first case, the Great Tribulation could begin in March; in the second, the Great Tribulation could end in March (and the NWO will rise from the ashes).

~ MORE – 21 February 2020 ~

Now that we’ve looked at the various possibilities that flow from the events of 3.5 and 7 years ago, we can fit them together in various configurations to see what forms the globalist script might take. But since there are so many permutations to consider, I think it will be less confusing to simply focus on the possible outcomes.

Should the globalists opt to make next month the gateway to the NWO, we’ll see the final fall of the Bretton Woods Interim World Order in March and the rise of a New World Order in March through September (it’ll probably take them till September to do all the paperwork necessary to reform the UN into the NWO). As for the shape the NWO outcome will take, there are four possibilities (which I’ll present in order from most likely to least likely)…

Outcome 1: We’ll see the Eastern multilateral “good, nationalist” NWO that initially emerged at the Hangzhou Summit rise to dominance in global affairs. It would most likely be headed by “Avatar Putin,” “Avatar Xi,” “Avatar Trump,” and others, but Trump or Xi could be scripted-out as “an undercover antichrist who tried to sabotage the good NWO from within.”

Outcome 2: We’ll see a Western multilateral “evil, liberal” NWO rise to dominance in global affairs. It would most likely be headed by “Antichrist Pence” and/or “Antichrist Kushner,” but “Antichrist Trump” and/or “Antichrist Xi” could also be scripted-in as leaders (it would be said that Trump and/or Xi were Western controlled-opposition leaders who were assigned to befriend and then betray Putin).

Outcome 3: We’ll see an American/Israeli unipolar world order rise to dominance in global affairs. It would most likely be headed by “Antichrist Trump,” but “Antichrist Pence” and/or “Antichrist Kushner” could be alternatively scripted-in as its leader(s).

Outcome 4: We’ll see a Chinese unipolar world order rise to dominance in global affairs. It would be headed by “Antichrist Xi,” but in an hour we’d be hungry for another world order.

With these four potential outcomes set before us, let’s take a closer look at the most likely one, Outcome 1…

Under the globalists’ prophecy fulfillment template, there will be two New World Orders: 1) the decoy antichrist’s NWO, which will be defeated by the “real” Antichrist so he can pose as “Christ”, and 2) the real Antichrist’s NWO, which will be defeated by the “real Christ” so he can launch the globalists’ Millennial Kingdom. Since the general prophecy expectation is that “the antichrist will reign for 7 years,” both antichrists and both NWOs have only a 7-year shelf life.

That being said, what we might see starting next month under Outcome 1 would greatly depend on the date the globalists choose as the beginning of the NWO. I wrote something about this on 16 February…

As I’ve been looking through press reports from the 2016 G20 Summit in Hangzhou and noticing how they narrated a shift in power from West to East at the time, something I wrote in the 31 December 2019 update came to mind…

>>> Seeing that the Netanyahu/Trump/Kushner meeting took place at the exact end point of Obama’s 7-year tenure as the prospective decoy Antichrist (September 2016), I was forced to ask myself some uncomfortable questions…

In outlining and tracking the 2009-2016 Obama timetable, were my dates right but my expectations wrong?

Did I falsely assume that they delayed the First Tribulation because it didn’t end the way I was expecting it to?

From the globalists’ perspective, was what happened in September 2016 a successful completion of the 2009-2016 First Tribulation, which would mean we’re now about to hit the midpoint of the 2016-2023 Second Tribulation? <<<

If the globalists narrate that the East’s multilateral / multipolar NWO was launched at the Hangzhou Summit, we’re already in the Second Tribulation period and are about to enter the Great Tribulation in March. That would mean we have 3 years and 7 months of bad times and lots of death ahead, and we’ll see the fake Second Coming of Christ on or about September 15, 2023 (Rosh Hashanah of that year).

So the globalists could narrate September 2016 as the beginning of the “good” Eastern NWO, in which case March would be the beginning of 3.5 years of hard times. Or they could narrate March or September of this year as the beginning of the NWO, in which case we’ll go through a 3.5-year honeymoon period before we hit the hard times.

From the globalist perspective, it would be much better to narrate the NWO as launching this year. It would give time for Putin (and probably Xi and probably Trump) to bask in global acclaim, having “saved the world from the evil plans of the Western Satanists.” But if the globalists are growing uncomfortable with the growing awareness of their plans, they can narrate the 2016 launch and race to the finish in half the time.

So the question Fate is asking the globalists is this…

Let’s hope they answer “yes,” because that would give us another 3.5 years to increase our collective awareness and enjoy a bit more pizza before we come to the hard part. By the end of that time my last pair of chewing molars will be gone, so I’ll be ready for the hard part (and the diet of gruel that comes with it).

Next, we’ll have a look at any other potential outcomes for March that don’t involve the imminent transition to the NWO. It might take me till Monday to write about it; I need the weekend to think things through.


The Partial Globalist Retreat of January 29 &
The globalist narratives for Trump’s betrayal of Israel

(7 February 2020) – When I noticed the first signs of a possible globalist retreat back on 29 January, I wrote this…

We should know whether or not a retreat is on by Saturday. If we end the week with the impeachment trial closed-out, the Brexit achieved with a ratified deal, and hopeful headlines about the Chinese Coronavirus outbreak “beginning to level out,” that’s a very good sign.

Well all this has now happened…

1) The impeachment trial was closed out on Wednesday the 5th of February,

2) the Brexit was achieved with a ratified deal on Friday the 31st of January, and

3) the official numbers showed the first sign of the Coronavirus outbreak starting to level off on or about Tuesday the 4th of February…

…from Forbes

Of course, we don’t know how closely the “official numbers” reflect reality, but we do know this: that 2019-nCoV, even if it’s a weaponized virus, is not immune to the natural laws and mechanisms that keep disease outbreaks in check. There is simply no such thing as a magic bullet that destroys the whole world (no matter what they show you in the movies), and the only way for the Coronavirus to become an out-of-control global scourge is for the globalists to continue its mass distribution all over the planet. It appears that they’ve at least temporarily backed out of their plan to do so, starting from the 29th.

The decision to back off is why we saw them curtail Chinese air travel over the weekend (and over the WHO’s objections), downgrade Coronavirus news coverage at the beginning of this week’s news cycle, and spread the “draconian” quarantine over a larger part of China — those actions are the exact opposite of what they would have done if they were aiming to keep the virus and its hype rolling on.

Given the previous example of the SARS outbreak (which ran 8 months from November 2002 to July 2003), we can expect the Coronavirus outbreak (which kicked off last December) to taper off as we approach August, but they may attempt to stage a second outbreak near the mischief month of September. We’ll have to be sure to leave them no room in the narrative to do so. Chopping Hillary off at the knees is the first step towards that goal, and exposing the scripting options surrounding Xi is the second step.

~ MORE – 8 February 2020 ~

As I started looking at the scripting options for Xi that stem from the Coronavirus outbreak, I ran across some rather interesting things. But let’s first start with the basics:

There are only two ways to characterize the virus (it originated in either the wild or in a lab),
there are only two ways to explain its spread (it was either natural/accidental or deliberate), and
there are only two ways it can impact Xi (he comes out a hero or a goat).

Given what the globalists have planned for this year, characterizing the virus and its spread as a deliberate release of a lab virus is what should concern us most, so I’ll focus there.

There are two directions the globalists can take when narrating a deliberate release of a lab virus in China: either Xi Jinping did it or his enemies did (in reality, of course, the central bankers/globalists did it; Xi and his enemies are mere minions and actors in their employ, just like the Democrats and Republicans here in the US). And here is how the Globalist Establishment present the face-off between Xi and his enemies…

…elites from across the political spectrum in China oppose Xi’s concentration of power; Xi’s scrapping of his term limit is a watershed that galvanized opposition. Second, there is a pervasive sense that Xi has deviated from China’s overall path of political and economic developments after the turmoil of the Cultural Revolution…

Some argue that the era of factional politics has ended in the PRC as Xi concentrates power. But this is not the case. Chinese factions are often centered around top national leaders, such as former party secretaries Hu Jintao and Jiang Zemin. Their influence has been weakened by Xi’s anti-corruption campaign, which eliminated many of their proteges. Nonetheless, Xi could not eliminate Hu and Jiang for at least two reasons. First, both Jiang and Hu built extensive patronage networks when they were in power. Their proteges therefore consist of entire cohorts of provincial governors, generals, and technocrats. Xi needs them to run the country before he could fill up the positions with his own people.

…the Xi administration’s performance since 2012 has been attacked by a wide range of groups that constitute China’s governing elites; Xi can do little to eliminate rival factions who are waiting for the opportune moment to strike back. – from Brookings

The Epoch Times outlines another obstacle faced by Xi

Inaction in the Middle

China has the world’s biggest body of government officials. Most of them are in the middle-tier who interpret, execute, and pass on top leadership’s policies.

This middle-tier has been a key obstacle against reform and problem-solving, said Xu Zhong, chief of the Chinese Central Bank Research Bureau, in February during a top economic forum. Most of the policy documents are drafted by the middle-tier officials from various functions, he said.

These officials hardly ever reached agreement due to understanding gaps and conflicting interests. This results in removal of controversial policies. “These controversial contents are the reforms that we truly need to solve important and challenging issues,” said Xu. Thus, Beijing’s policy changes are often stuck at the middle level due to the officials’ protection of their own interests, but done in the name of seeking cross-functional consensus. And problems, of course, remain unsolved.

So under the “Xi did it” narrative, Xi released the Coronavirus to provide an excuse to lock down areas of country that are strongholds of the West-allied Hu and Jiang factions that oppose him. And he is using the lockdown to kill and discredit/remove regional and local proteges of those factions. He is also using the crisis as an opportunity to demonize and dismantle the mid-level bureaucracies that diminish his control over the country. “Their inaction prevented a more effective response to the outbreak and cost countless lives,” he’ll say.

On top of that, there’s this…

…from Infowars. Here is an excerpt…

Shenzhen, in Southern China, is very close to Hong Kong. This explains why Shenzhen residents are fleeing to Hong Kong, no doubt bringing more infections with them. Many residents will attempt to take flights out of Hong Kong in order to escape the draconian quarantine, which means of course that some of these people will be inadvertently spreading the coronavirus pandemic to yet more countries, including the United States, which still accepts flights from Hong Kong and China.

According to the Liberty Times Net story, observers in Taiwan are now saying, “Hong Kong is finished” and are demanding that flights from Hong Kong be cut off in order to protect Taiwan and other Asian countries from the exploding pandemic. Some of the quotes in the story include, “The people of Hong Kong are dead, Taiwan will soon be cut off…” and “next week becomes the crazy influx of Hong Kong people into Taiwan.”

So under the “Xi did it” narrative, Xi is also using the Coronavirus as shock troops for locking down Hong Kong and ending the long-running protests there, and he’ll later use it to grab Taiwan. It is a “virus first / security and medical forces second” invasion. And a potential “humanitarian invasion” of Taiwan this year will provide an excellent opportunity to script an outbreak of armed conflict between the US and China.

Pondering this “Xi did it” narrative, I also realized this…

In mid-January, it was narrated that Putin purged the West-allied elements of his goverment, and now Xi may be purging the West-allied factions of China’s government under cover of the Coronavirus. So was the Super Bowl attack meant to provide Trump with cover to do the same thing in America? And given that the world’s three main economic centers are China, the US, and the EU, and the Wuhan Coronavirus set off a bomb in one of those economic centers, were the planned Super Bowl attack and last-second Brexit veto meant to set off bombs in the other two economic centers? If so, how will the globalists script-in new bombs for the US and EU to put their plan back on track?

~ MORE – 9 February 2020 ~

Now that we’ve looked at the narrative that paints Xi as a villain, let’s look at the alternative, which paints Xi’s enemies as villains: “Xi Jinping’s enemies released the Coronavirus.” And we’ll start by remembering these sections from the Brookings article, with my comment added in [brackets]…

elites from across the political spectrum in China oppose Xi’s concentration of power; Xi’s scrapping of his term limit is a watershed that galvanized opposition. Second, there is a pervasive sense that Xi has deviated from China’s overall path of political and economic developments after the turmoil of the Cultural Revolution [which was headed towards merger with the current world order]…

…the Xi administration’s performance since 2012 has been attacked by a wide range of groups that constitute China’s governing elites; Xi can do little to eliminate rival factions who are waiting for the opportune moment to strike back.

So the “Xi’s enemies did it” narrative would go something like this…

“In order to bring down Xi Jinping, the Chinese elite conspired with the Western elite to release the Coronavirus in Wuhan. Xi’s opponents then instructed their regional and local proteges to obstruct and misdirect elements of Xi’s response to the outbreak to make it look like it was bungled. This was done to make Xi look like a bumbling tyrant so they could harness public rage to take him down.”

And under this narrative, there are two possible endings: 1) Xi falls or 2) Xi recognizes the trap and outmaneuvers his enemies, taking them down in the process.

~ MORE – 10 February 2020 ~

With both the “Xi did it” and “Xi’s enemies did it” narratives now set before us, it should be noted that there are only two possible outcomes for Xi: he’ll fall or he’ll rise. And there are only two possible ways for him to publicly appear as he does so: he’ll look like a “good guy” / “Avatar” or a “bad guy” / “Antichrist.” This means there are a total of 4 possible Xi outcomes if the globalists pull the trigger this year…

  1. “Xi the Avatar Falls,” in which “good guy” Xi will suffer a political or physical death at the hands of the West-allied factions, then return 3.5 years later to defeat them with “special reinforcements” (Xi’s fall would likely be accompanied by the rise of an American antichrist).
  2. “Xi the Avatar Rises,” in which the “evil Western globalists” are defeated and the Western populists/libertarians and the “reformed” UN/NWO rise.
  3. “Xi the Antichrist Falls,” in which the “evil tyrant” Xi is brought down “by the outraged and freedom-hungry people of China.”
  4. “Xi the Antichrist Rises,” in which the evil tyrant Xi defeats the US by means of multiple “asymmetrical measures” and ascends to open (and scary) leadership of the world.

As for the timing of his rise or fall as a “good guy” or “bad guy” this year, it will happen in either…

  • March, which is one 3.5 year prophecy cycle from the September 2016 Hangzhou G20 Summit at which Xi offered the world his economic leadership and transformed Obama’s G20 world order into the G20 Belt and Road world order, or
  • September, which is two prophecy cycles / one 7-year Tribulation period from Xi’s unveiling of his Belt and Road Initiative in September of 2013.

[You can read more about what Xi did 3.5 and 7 years ago (come this March and September) in the January 24-25 updates further down this page.]

If I had to place a bet on the current direction the globalists are taking us, it would be “Xi the Avatar Rises” in September, and the September rise would be accompanied by the “Xi’s enemies did it” Coronavirus narrative.

Since Xi launched his Belt and Road Initiative seven years ago come September, the alt-media have portrayed the US/Western globalists as doing everything possible to stop it. And the Coronavirus epidemic will be portrayed as their final effort to end Xi and bring a humbled China back into the existing world order. Although the Chinese epidemic will lead to a global economic and financial collapse by September, Xi will outmaneuver his foes and save both China and the world with the economic and political preparations he’s made with his partner Putin and the other BRICS nations. So the New World Order will launch in September, and as I’ve previously written, it will seem like heaven… at first — with a victorious Xi giving the Chinese people more leash (new freedoms and new hope) for a few years.

~ MORE – 11 February 2020 ~

He he he. I was a half-step ahead of the globalist propaganda on this one. After I released yesterday’s update, New Agey disinfo site The Millennium Report released this

Here is an excerpt…

Deliberate Sabotage of China’s Economy

China has been earnestly pursuing economic development and commercial outreach throughout the world community of nations for many years. Those various business-development pursuits have been intensifying over the past decade. The Belt and Road Initiative is just one example of how serious China has been to forge a whole new Global Economic & Financial System (GE&FS) free from the incessant economic sabotage and financial terrorism perpetrated by the United States (and more covertly by the United Kingdom).

This new and swiftly emerging Global Economic & Financial System is being built without the domination of the many Western powers that constitute the Anglo-American Axis (AAA). The British and American establishments are especially being excluded. That means that the once Almighty Dollar will have no place in this immense Chinese-Russian-Indian project to remake the global economic and financial order.

This also means that the Almighty Dollar will be dethroned as the world’s reserve currency. Which is a very BIG thing for the Western powers. In point of fact, it doesn’t get any bigger than this. Unless, the West agrees to a level playing field not dominated by London and New York City, they will go the hapless way of the greenback. By the way, in the grand scheme of things, that’s called karma.

Given the carefully controlled demolition of the US petrodollar by the Eastern powers which has been undertaken since 9/11 out of sheer self preservation, the US, UK, Israel and other AAA-aligned nations have grown desperate — VERY DESPERATE!

As I’ve previously written, this September will mark the 7-year anniversary of the Belt and Road Initiative. So within the globalist prophecy fulfillment script, it can be said that the 7 years the “evil Western globalists have been trying to sabotage this emerging new world order” was the Tribulation period, which means the saviors will rise to stop the “Satanist AAA” by the end of September.

On a related note, a reader sent me a link to another disinformation article from Forbidden Knowledge TV that offers the following passage…

“The newest information available suggests that this was a Zionist attack on China in two parts: in part one, a Jewish-American professor at Harvard appears to have been dangled to the Chinese, committed treason against the USA, and assisted the Chinese in establishing a level 4 bio-war center in Wuhan. In part two — and the professor could be unwitting of this part — the Zionists released the virus in both the marketplace and in the hospitals — 41% of the infections occurred in the hospitals not in the streets. It should not be assumed that the virus escaped from a Chinese facility, or by accident.”

By framing this as a Zionist attack, a strong motive is established for China to attack Israel, and if the virus spreads worldwide over the next few months, the entire world will want to get in on it. Back when they first tried all this in 2016, they were going to use an Israeli-planned “ISIS” attack on the Rio Olympics to piss off the whole world; this year, they’ll use the “Zionist-caused” global Coronavirus pandemic. And an attack on Israel by essentially the whole world is a key part of the End Times script. It will provide the opportunity for Vladimir Putin to save Israel (but not the “evil religious Zionists” in its government).

Meanwhile, in Syria, Turkey is squaring off against the Syrian Army in what may be the first step of Erdogan’s march through Syria towards Israel…

…from Zero Hedge

~ MORE – 12 February 2020 ~

In my January 13-16 updates (which are further down this page; enter 13 January in your browser’s FIND function to go there), I reviewed the globalists’ two “Antichrist Obama” timelines:

  1. the 7-year main antichrist timeline of September 2009 to September 2016, in the middle of which Obama was revealed as an antichrist, and
  2. the 7-year “peace covenant with Israel” timeline of July 2008 to July 2015, in the middle of which Obama began to break the covenant by drifting away from Israel and towards Iran.

As was noted in the updates, Obama made his peace covenant with Israel in July of 2008 while he was only a candidate for President

…from The New York Times

And when Trump/Kushner picked up the Antichrist torch, the globalists had them do the very same thing in September of 2016

…from Facebook

That was one 3.5 year prophecy cycle ago (come next month). So look for Trump and/or Kushner to alter the peace deal in March, possibly during a trip to Israel and the Temple Mount. And look for March to be period of Antichrist intrigue in which the leadership of Israel and America will come into contest between the “forces of good” and the “forces of evil.” The globalists might want the Western Antichrist to dramatically take the stage before he is defeated in September; it would help escalate the West vs. East conflict to the brink of nuclear war. And remember that since Chabad declared Trump a Jewish King, Trump is eligible to be revealed as the Antichrist (the “False Messiah”), and the Antichrist “wants to destroy Israel.”

After a reader sent me a link to some of Robert David Steele’s propaganda yesterday, I did a quick survey of what he’s been up to. Get a load of this…

…from the Tehran Times. Here is an excerpt…

President Donald Trump is a genius. The “new” Palestine Peace Plan is a promising first step toward the restoration of Palestine in President Trump’s second term, when he can fulfil his most important promise to all Americans, one subtly made by Q Anon: “Zionists last”…

It is a huge mistake to react to the President’s notional peace plan as if it were real, or in isolation from the looming demise of Zionism. 9/11 and pedophilia disclosures are going to make every Jew in America immediately denounce Zionism and call for the eradication of every organization representing Zionism. The American Israel Public Affairs Committee (AIPAC) and the Anti-Defamation League (ADL) – like the social media services they control – are going to face massive public condemnation, and massive legal actions to include loss of non-profit status and formal designation as agents of a foreign power (pending the demise of Israel) and anti-trust, Title 7, and tortious interference civil lawsuits from all those censored, defamed, and deplatformed — digitally assassinated — by what we in the USA call #GoogleGestapo…

President Trump knows this is a stupid plan. He knows his son-in-law is in everyone else’s pocket.

If you are unfamiliar with Robert David Steele’s true nature, he is a CIA agent who has been tasked with playing the whistleblower. He pretends to be a conscientious objector to the “evil Zionist agenda” so he can spread disinformation that supports elements of the globalist transition script. And in this Tehran Times article, he is narrating that Trump plans on ending Israel (which is a very Antichrist thing to do according to the transition script). Should the globalists stick with this flavor of narrative, it may be Jared Kushner who goes to Israel next month to preempt Trump’s plan by sabotaging the peace deal before Trump can spring his trap. Or they might narrate that Trump is accelerating his double-cross of Israel due to the Coronavirus outbreak.

~ MORE – 13 February 2020 ~

Speaking of Trump possibly playing the Western Antichrist next month, let’s look at some more peanuts and corn I plucked from Robert David Steele’s bullsh*t…

My frustration with the President is that he persists in surrounding himself with people who are loyal to the Deep State and to countries other than the USA. He refuses to go outside the “Establishment” for talent… – from a Q&A given by Steele in a Tehran Times article

President Trump is probably pursuing a Grand Entente with General Secretary Xi and President Putin that is not understood by anyone, least of by his Cabinet Secretaries and all other putative leaders and senior bureaucrats in the West. I do believe those in charge of the Deep State – the Chabad Supremacist cult, the Vatican, and the Rothchilds – understand that this triumvirate, if it can sustain itself, is invincible. They will try very hard in the next year to break the triumvirate, starting with efforts to destroy President Trump in the 2018 elections intended to lead to his impeachment and his replacement by a Deep State favorite, Vice President Mike Pence. – from a March 26, 2018 Steele article titled “Xi, Putin, & Trump For Life – A Few Thoughts” on the Russian International Affairs Council website

These passages are notable for the following reason: under a “Trump as the First Tribulation Western Antichrist” scenario, the NWO Narrative will reveal that Trump was actually a front man the “Deep State” put into office for at least four reasons:

  1. to capture and redirect the populist rebellion against the “Satanist Establishment,”
  2. to continue advancing their agenda while publicly pretending to fight it,
  3. to sidle up to Putin and Xi as “a fellow opponent of the Western Establishment” and sabotage their effort to build a “fair and just” world order, and
  4. to destroy Israel.

So at this level of the narrative, it will be said that the “Satanic Western globalists” and their allies among the Chinese elite released the Coronavirus in China to stop the Belt and Road Initiative and blame the Zionists for the outbreak so Israel could be destroyed.

Now if we go one level higher in the globalist script to the Millennium Narrative, the story will be that Trump, Putin, and Xi were working together all along. Here is how they’ll frame it…

Head Antichrist Putin and associate antichrists Xi and Trump hatched a plot to usurp Christ’s throne as King of Israel so Putin could sit upon it. To achieve this, they had Trump give the Israelis everything they wanted so he would be seen as absolutely and unquestionably loyal to the Jewish state. They then had Xi release the Coronavirus on his own people in China for two reasons: 1) to allow him to crush his domestic opposition under the guise of fighting the outbreak, and 2) to create a worldwide pandemic and economic collapse that could be blamed on Israel.

To establish Israel’s culpability in the Coronavirus release, they had Trump launch an American investigation of the virus’s makeup and origin…

…from ABC News

And when the investigation found that it was an engineered bioweapon released by Israel and her Western Zionist agents, no one questioned the validity of the results. It was unthinkable that an investigation conducted by a Israel-friendly country like America and an Israel-loving president like Trump would blame Israel if it wasn’t absolutely true.

As a result of the investigation, Putin had Trump withdraw his peace plan and defensive support from Israel in March of 2020, thus leaving the Jewish state open for invasion from a furious world. This in turn allowed Putin to step in and save the Jewish state while prosecuting the Zionist scapegoats.

If you are a new reader, I should point out the difference between the NWO Narrative and the Millennium Narrative…

The NWO Narrative is the story the globalists will use to explain what happened during the First Tribulation period. It will present Putin and his allies as the good guys who defeated the Western bad guys. Putin will be cast as the savior who stopped the Western antichrist.

The Millennium Narrative is the story the globalists will use to explain what happened during the Second Tribulation period. It will claim that Putin staged the First Tribulation as a Satanic deception, and that he had an ally pose as the Western antichrist so he could pretend to defeat him and pose as the savior. Putin will be cast as the “real Final Antichrist” who was stopped by the “Second Coming of Jesus Christ” [who will thereafter launch his (globalist controlled) Millennial Kingdom].

~ MORE – 13 February 2020 ~

Starting tomorrow and continuing over the course of the weekend and beyond, we’ll be looking at…

  • the potential for a scripted “Ides of March”-type conflict between the (supposed) forces of “good” and “evil” in Washington and Tel Aviv next month,
  • the possibility of an “evil” Trump, Pence, or Kushner launching a short-lived “evil” NWO in March,
  • the possibility of a “good” Trump destroying resistance to a “good” NWO in March,
  • how the potential unveiling of the American Secret Space Program / US Space Force in March could end the Coronavirus outbreak and kickstart a stalling global economy (under either a “good” or “evil” NWO scenario),
  • how fake aliens could be used to help end any “evil” NWO that might start in March, and
  • all the 3.5 and 7-year globalist prophecy fulfillment timetables that intersect with March.

The mission at hand is to push the globalists out of March, and the target is in sight. All I have to do now is let ‘er rip


The Globalists’ Stillborn Plan to Make Hillary Clinton the Democratic Nominee

(4 February 2020) – Hillary Clinton is making noises like she wants to run against Trump in the presidential election this year

…and she is scheduled to launch her stealth presidential campaign in March…

But with the path to her party’s nomination now closed to her, what does she have in mind?

Allow me to show you and, in the process of doing so, destroy what we’re looking at…

After I posted yesterday’s What To Watch For This Week update, I starting looking ahead to what the globalists’ fallback plan might be if they have to back off on rolling out Trump, Pence, or Kushner as the Great Tribulation American Antichrist in March. Who could take their place as the Antichrist in the White House, I wondered. The answer that immediately came to mind was “Hillary Clinton.” And based on that, I started to look into the feasibility of her launching a presidential bid in March.

As it turns out, the filing deadlines for most of the Democratic primaries have passed, so it isn’t feasible for her to join the primary race at this point. And though the filing deadlines for running as an independent candidate have yet to pass, she wouldn’t go that route, as it would split the Democratic vote and ensure a Trump victory. Exotic scenarios of skullduggery at the Democratic National Convention that might win her the nomination are also infeasible, since they would turn both rank-and-file Democrats and the general public against her.

All that being so, how can Hillary Clinton possibly become the Democratic Party candidate for President in the November election?

The only way that came to mind was a scenario in which the Party’s nominee died after the Convention but before the general election. So I looked into what would happen in such a circumstance, and I found the answer in an article from back in 2008…

…from Slate. Here is the relevant excerpt, with my comment added in [brackets]…

If Barack Obama were to die before the election, the Democratic Party’s charter and bylaws state that responsibility for filling that vacancy would fall to the Democratic National Committee, but the rules do not specify how exactly the DNC would go about doing that [so whoever controls the DNC would make the rules].

When I saw this, I knew I’d stumbled onto the plan, because the Clinton machine controls the Democratic National Committee…

…from Politico

In fact, it was widely suspected that Hillary Clinton used her control of the DNC to sabotage Bernie Sanders’s bid to become the Democratic candidate in 2016. And Hillary’s control continues to this day…

…from National File

So the plan is this (with Bernie Sanders inserted as the presumptive nominee, but the plan will work with anyone who is chosen)…

Hillary Clinton will make a show of supporting the nominee this time, presumably Bernie Sanders. And after Bernie spends a month or two campaigning as the nominee, the Democratic Party’s left wing will see their candidate’s disastrous poll numbers and start freaking-out and bawling in public over the realization that they’re facing another four years of Trump. It is at that point that Bernie will have another heart attack, dying this time.

Once Bernie is “dead,” the whole Party will wonder what to do, and the choice will become clear: the DNC will appoint Hilllary Clinton as the Party’s new candidate, since she is “the only one with any prospect of beating Trump.” And the Party’s left wing will breathe a sigh of relief and back her wholeheartedly. “Anyone but Trump,” they’ll say in NPC unison.

As for when Bernie’s death is scheduled, September is the best candidate month. It would give him enough time after the Party’s July 13-16 convention to campaign for 6-8 weeks and register dismal poll numbers, and it would leave enough time before the November election for the states to reprint the ballots with Hillary’s name on them.

In keeping with the whole Antichrist motif of the exercise, disinfo agents assigned to Republican-side propaganda would go on rants about the “Clinton Body Count” and the CIA’s heart attack drugs, and Clinton would go on to win the election amidst clear signs of voter fraud and election tampering. All this would keep us on track for another 3 years of the Great Tribulation before she falls.

THAT WAS THE PLAN… and just like that, it’s gone…

~ MORE – 6 February 2020 ~

On the same day I posted this entry, the globalist prophecy propaganda corps brought forward an alternative scenario (first offered in an earlier article on The Hill) for “Antichrist Hillary” to rise to the presidency through the vice presidency…

…from Skywatch TV

Just like they previously cooked up the role of the “Grey Champion” for Mike Pence to rise to the presidency as an antichrist, they’ve also invented the role of “The Hilarion” for Hillary to do so. Here is a glimpse of what they have in mind for Hillary in her “Hilarion” role…

…Nevertheless all these questions came to my mind when reading the Wikileaks e-mail revelations and remembering how Hillary hinted “alien disclosure” would be made if she was elected president and how Abramovic, the Podestas and other close Hillary affiliates were manifest believers in the same UFOs and “contiguous aliens” that Parsons and Hubbard sought (the Church of Scientology Hubbard started is based on an alien called “Xenu”), as well as being practitioners of the same Crowley occultism that Parsons and Hubbard were devotees of, and it immediately seemed to me beyond probability of coincidence. Rather, I straightway thought in the days leading up to the presidential election that these modern Thelemists actually believe Hillary is — or could be — the incarnation of the archetype divine feminine, the Whore of Babylon, the “Hilarion” that is set to take the throne of the most powerful nation on earth to assist Antichrist in his bid to rule the entire world. – from Skywatch TV

And here is a related blurb from the sales page of one of Tom Horn’s propaganda videos

Delivered by Dr. Thomas Horn at Strategic Perspectives Conference in Coeur d’Alene, ID, October, 2013. In this standing ovation presentation, Dr. Thomas Horn walked the spellbound audience through events leading up to and beyond the investigations that ultimately resulted in the best selling books “Petrus Romanus” and “Exovaticana.” Listen as Tom explains the preternatural events, which brought him and co-author Cris Putnam together, and learn the moments when they almost backed down over unspoken threats, the trip to Mt. Graham in Arizona to meet the Vatican’s astronomers, the LUCIFER device and what it is being used for today, and finally the extraordinary discovery about the mountain itself and the strange events going on there. This over one-hour live presentation was recorded before a packed crowd that cheered the final conclusions spelling out the deepest secret between the Vatican and an Alien Antichrist connection.

So basically, the “Satanists’ evil plan” is to have Hillary take over as US President, do “alien disclosure,” then help the leader of the “aliens” (who supposedly is the “final Antichrist”) take leadership over the Earth. But the globalists will script “good guy” Vladimir Putin as defeating her plan and launching a “new, fair, and just” world order instead — before finally being revealed as the “actual final Antichrist” himself.

I’ll go into the fine scripting of all this before the Democratic National Convention. For now, all you need to know is that the only difference between the scenario I outlined and this alternative scenario is the timing of the Democratic presidential candidate’s death. Under the “Hillary as the last-minute presidential candidate” scenario, the first presidential candidate’s death will occur after the convention but before the election; under the “Hillary as the vice presidential candidate” scenario, the president-elect’s death will occur after Congress has certified the presidential electors’ vote but before the inauguration. To play her antichrist role, Hillary must be in the big seat.

(The first note on this subject – 3 February 2020) – Tomorrow, I’ll show you THE REASON the Democratic Party’s nominee for President is currently slated to die after the party convention but before the election…

And to the globalist scriptwriters who are lining this thing up, I say go ahead and shelve it now, fellas; I’m gonna be all over this sh*t. Ain’t happenin’.

Oh, and sorry, Hillary. Perhaps Huma can comfort you with her tongue.


What To Watch For This Week (2/3-9): A Trump sex scandal, a Miami outbreak, and a ladder for Jared Kushner

(2-3 February 2020) – Here are the possible big moves for the week of February 3-9…

 > Watch for a potential Trump sex scandal to rock the news as soon as Monday, February 3. It would involve his personal use of sex-trafficked and (possibly) underaged women.

The globalist scriptwriters have been flourishing the Trump Sex Scandal card since Trump’s buddy Robert Kraft got busted for his use of a woman at the Orchids of Asia Day Spa not far from Mar-a-Lago. And you can read a detailed breakdown on the subject in The 2019 Archive (just enter sexual blackmail into your browser’s FIND feature to read the relevant sections).

With the last 3 days of the impeachment trial starting today, now would be a great time to play the Sex Scandal card. The unfolding of the scandal would fill the mainstream news all the way up to the election (increasingly alienating female voters all the while), leaving Republican Senators little choice but to cut their losses now by voting for Trump’s removal.

The only question is do the globalists wish to elevate Pence and/or Kushner before March or did they push the delay button on February 29.

> Watch for a potential Coronavirus outbreak in Miami as soon as Tuesday, February 4. It would be the first indication that the Super Bowl attack has occurred. You can find more information on this subject in the entry below this one.

> Watch for a development that will open the way for Jared Kushner to become the Vice President. The development could take 4 forms…

  1. Trump is convicted by the Senate on Wednesday, Pence becomes President, and Kushner is named as his Vice President. Pence would choose Kushner under pressure from the Israel lobby (“to ensure continuity in the Israeli-Palestinian Peace Plan”). He has always been their enthusiastic lap dog.
  2. Trump resigns in the face of the sex scandal, cutting a deal with Pence to hand over power in exchange for Kushner’s Vice Presidency.
  3. Trump contracts a Coronavirus infection during his Mar-a-Lago visit on Super Bowl weekend and later dies. Pence then takes over and names Kushner as his VP.
  4. Pence resigns after Trump’s Senate acquittal and Trump chooses Kushner as his VP.

When it comes to number 4, the media have offered preparatory propaganda for just such a scenario. First, they suggested that Jared and Ivanka have been trying to push Pence out…

…from Raw Story. Here is an excerpt…

President Donald Trump is purposefully humiliating his vice president with a series of loyalty tests as his daughter and son-in-law scheme to find a replacement as his 2020 running mate, according to a new biography…“For some of them they feel it is incredibly demeaning of him, and it goes to this point of him playing the long game. He has to survive, you know, the talk … about Jared (Kushner) and Ivanka (Trump), ways to get rid of him. Politically, you need to bring back suburban voters and women.”That White House intrigue has been rumored for weeks, and former UN ambassador Nikki Haley even issued a denial that she was being considered as a replacement, but LoBianco insisted those claims were accurate.

And second, they gave reasons why Pence may resign, and even suggested a time…

…from The Hill. Here is an excerpt…

Since his selection as Donald Trump’s running mate, many people believe that Mike Pence has been mired in the throes of PTSD — in this case, an acronym for “President Trump Stress Disorder”…The cliche tells us that “nice guys finish last.” Mike Pence is indeed a nice guy, yet one who knows how to survive the often brutal political arena. With the Senate trial — and more cracks appearing and then being patched in the foundation of solidarity beneath Trump — Pence knows that more whispered conversations are taking place.Some are wondering whether all of this will cause Pence to decline to serve as vice president in a second Trump term. They believe Pence has no chance to be elected president on his own and that, sometime after the Senate trial, he will opt for a private sector life of normalcy, family and faith. Should that be the case, who could fault him?


…from RedState. Here is an excerpt…

Even if the possibility of Mike Pence just being burned out and wanting to step down from the ticket were true, he would not breathe a word of that until after this Senate trial is complete. The Veep would not want to make it look like he was bailing on the boss BEFORE the results were in. Remember, Pence is incredibly loyal.

Of course, an attempt to step down from the ticket would be seen by Trump as both weakness and disloyalty, so he would insist that Pence resign the Vice Presidency. And the media have been suggesting that Trump would pick Nikki Haley as his replacement in order to increase his election prospects with women voters — the rationale being that he needs a female VP in order to compete with a female Democrat presidential candidate. But with Elizabeth Warren falling in the polls and Bernie Sanders rising, the need for a female VP is declining while the need for a Jewish VP is rising — the rationale being that Trump would need a Jewish VP to compete with Sanders for Jewish support. And whom else would he choose but his “unwaveringly strong and loyal son-in-law”?


The Real Story on the Assassination of Qasem Soleimani

(2 January 2020) – The globalist-chosen Imam Mahdi (Qasem Soleimani) has supposedly been assassinated (as expected). Apparently, they identified his body by the ring he wore, which means he is alive and sitting in a bunker somewhere until the globalists cue his “resurrection and return.” Here’s what I wrote about it back in 21 February 2018…

BEGIN EXCERPT>>>

Qasem Soleimani, the Globalist-Chosen Imam Mahdi

There are times when I get the urge to turn on my PC and start searching, and I don’t even know what I’m looking for… until I find it. February 20, 2018 was one of those times, and as it turned out, I was searching for this…

…from the Wall Street Journal. Here is an excerpt…

“U.S. officials consider the commander of an elite Iranian military unit a terrorist supporter and the man ultimately responsible for the deaths of thousands of American soldiers and their Middle East allies.

But many Iranians view Gen. Qassem Soleimani, the face of Tehran’s growing regional clout, as their best defense against foreign aggression.

Gen. Soleimani’s public profile is soaring just as Iranian President Hassan Rouhani’s popularity sags…

Gen. Soleimani, who is 60 years old, is the public face of Iran’s efforts to arm Shiite militias in Iraq and salvage the regime in Syria, and one of Iran’s biggest celebrities, trailed by photographers when he visits the front lines. With a white beard and a head of hair to match, he poses for selfies with Iraqi and Syrian militiamen and is the subject of tribute videos on YouTube.

Once I saw this article, I immediately recognized it as preparatory propaganda for what is about to transpire in the Middle East. I saw Soleimani as an excellent candidate for both the Imam Mahdi role in the globalists’ prophecy fulfillment play and the martyr role whose assassination by Israel would start Iran’s missiles flying.

Back when I did my original search for the actor who would play the Mahdi, I kept in mind the criteria set out in the prophecy propaganda from Sheikh Imran Hosein

Syria is not just another part of the world of Islam. From an Islamic eschatological perspective, Syria is at the heart – the very heart – of the end of history. There are three main actors at the end of history in Islamic eschatology:

The most important of them all is the return of Jesus, the son of Mary, the true messiah.

And then there is another figure in the end of history who seeks to impersonate the true messiah, and he is the false messiah. The Christians call him the Antichrist, and …Muhammad… called him Al-Masih ad-Dajjal, or Dajjal the false messiah.

And the third important figure in Islamic eschatology at the end of history is the Imam, or the Prince – in Christian theology he’s known as the Prince, or Imam al-Mahdi.

And these three main actors of the end of history are all going to be simultaneously present in Damascus. Imam al-Mahdi will already be there. Dajjal will come to attack him. And at that time when Dajjal is ready for the confrontation with the Imam, the Son of Mary returns.”

Knowing the Mahdi had to be in Damascus, I looked for candidates among the Syrian government and the militia leaders, eventually settling on Assad as the best candidate. I never thought to look at the Iranian generals because I didn’t think any of them would be residing in Damascus. But lookie here…

In the later half of 2012, Soleimani assumed personal control of the Iranian intervention in the Syrian civil war, when Iranians became deeply concerned about the Assad government’s lack of ability to fight the opposition, and the fallout to the Islamic Republic if the Syrian government fell. He is reported to have coordinated the war from a base in Damascus at which a Lebanese Hezbollah commander and an Iraqi Shiite militia coordinator have been mobilized, in addition to Syrian and Iranian officers.” – from Wikipedia

Once I saw that Soleimani was in Damascus before the Dajjal character (Erdogan) entered Syria in August of 2016 (a month before the 2016 prophecy fulfillment show was scheduled to take place), I started looking even more deeply at him. And as I did so, I saw that the media had done an excellent job of setting him up to play the Mahdi role for the globalists.

Have a look at this BBC article

…Here is a critical excerpt…

“In neighbouring Syria he is widely credited with delivering the strategy that has helped President Bashar al-Assad turn the tide against rebel forces and recapture key cities and towns.”

Here is another article setting him up as the “Savior of Syria”…

…from Reuters

This Reuters article is particularly important because it establishes that the Mahdi went to the “Son of Mary” (Putin) to seek help for saving Syria. The globalist prophecy fulfillment script calls for the Jewish/Christian Messiah, Putin, to work with the Mahdi in defeating the “Satanic forces of the West,” with Putin playing the senior role.

The media have also portrayed Soleimani as a hero…

…from The Times of Israel. Here is an excerpt…

After the pilot was downed by Turkey on Tuesday, ‘credible information was obtained that a number of special Turkish units had been sent to the scene to take the Russian pilot captive to blackmail Russia later,’ the semi-official Fars News Agency reported, basing the claim on a report in the Persian-language version of the Russian Sputnik news agency.”

So in the case of the Russian pilot shot down by Turkey, the Mahdi saved him from the grasp of the Dajjal (Erdogan).

Of course, a candidate for the Imam Mahdi role would need a pious religious image to complete his resume. And wouldn’t you know it, Soleimani has exactly that…

…from ABNA

With all this set before you, perhaps you can see why I’m taking Bashar Assad off the Avatar board and replacing him with Qasem Soleimani. Soleimani is almost certainly the globalists’ choice for the Imam Mahdi.

That being said, here are a couple of warnings…

WARNING 1 – The globalists’ plan is to fake either the death or grave wounding of Qasem Soleimani at the hands of the Israelis. This would result in instant outrage in Iran and lead to the firing of over 100,000 rockets and missiles at Israel. It would be instant high-intensity war.

At a later date, the globalists will fake Soleimani’s resurrection (if he’s “dead”) or miraculous healing (if he’s “gravely wounded”) to help raise him to the status of a religious icon in the eyes of the public.

WARNING 2 – If the globalists stage the wounding or killing of Soleimani, there will also be other high-profile fake woundings and killings either before or after Soleimani’s. Those affected may include Donald Trump, Vladimir Putin, Narendra Modi (or another high-profile Hindu), and Xi Jinping (or another high-profile Buddhist).

<<<END EXCERPT

~ MORE ~

Now is the perfect time for the Israelis to stage a false-flag to be blamed on Iran. To see two ways it might manifest, read the following sections (which are further down this page)…

  • The Israeli False-Flag Sinking of a US Aircraft Carrier in the Persian Gulf
  • The false-flag “Houthi” cruise missile attack

An assassination at Mar-a-Lago isn’t out of the question either.

~ MORE – 3 January 2020 ~

Here’s another relevant update on Soleimani I wrote back in February of 2018…

BEGIN EXCERPT>>>

[Update 10 – 25 February 2018] – More on the Coming Martyrdom of the “Imam Mahdi”

Behold the Mahdi pondering his scripted (and fake) martyrdom…

…from Khamenei.ir (What a consummate actor / sneaky little bi*ch he is!)

Earlier in this entry, back when I though Assad was playing the role of the Imam Mahdi, I wrote this…

In the coming days, keep an eye out for an outrageous provocation from the Israelis – perhaps an airstrike against Assad himself – that will “push the Iranians over the edge.” This could lead to a massive missile attack against Israel.

So on February 20 when I realized that Soleimani is the globalists’ actual choice for the Mahdi role, I speculated that he would be the one to be assassinated to start the war, and it didn’t take long to find out I was right. Upon googling “Soleimani” and clicking on the news results, the page laid out exactly what the globalists had planned. Have a look at these three result clusters…

…from Google News

The top cluster talks about Soleimani’s recent threat to wipe out the State of Israel. Given that the Israelis are an eye-for-an-eye type of people, he is effectively inviting them to wipe him out preemptively.

The middle cluster talks about Russia publicly condemning Soleimani’s call to destroy Israel. Putin is obligated to do this since he is scripted to be revealed as the Jewish Messiah (the Moshiach ben David). And at the climax point of the war, PUTIN WILL INDEED SAVE ISRAEL, BUT HE WILL NOT SAVE THE CURRENT ISRAELI LEADERSHIP. The globalists plan to scapegoat Netanyahu and his “Zionist / Neocon” cohorts and install new leadership in Israel after the war. That’s why they’re “dirtying him up” with corruption charges before the war starts. They want the Israeli people to accept his replacement.

The bottom cluster talks about Soleimani within the context of the 10th anniversary of the death of another martyr at the hands of the Mossad and CIA. This is a rather large hint as to what they plan to do with him. And the pro-Iran media in the Middle East have done a great job of setting him up to be both a savior and the ultimate martyr…

…from MEMRI. Here are some excerpts…

>>> On October 30, 2014, the daily Kayhan, which is close to Khamenei and is a mouthpiece of the ideological stream, explained that the Qods Force’s activity in Iraq enhances Tehran’s regional popularity and influence, and establishes commander Soleimani as a savior in the eyes of the Shi’ite and Iranian public, and in the eyes of the world: “Qassem Soleimani had a prominent role in operations to liberate [the Iraqi cities of] Jurf Al-Sakhar and Amirli. The presence of an Iranian strategist and believer in friendly neighboring countries, and his rescue of people of other faiths – Yazidis, Christians, Shi’ites, Sunnis, etc. – not only enhances his popularity in Iran and among the peoples of the world, but also enhances the Islamic Republic’s popularity and influence in the region.”…

Qassem Soleimani’s 2007 Speech

Martyrdom Is A Great Blessing For Which I Pray

In light of the prestige earned by the martyrs, I pray to God for my own end to be martyrdom as well, and that He will not deny me this mighty blessing granted to outstanding individuals. On the frontlines [of the Iran-Iraq War], on the eves of operations and under the most difficult conditions… I felt the divine backing and guiding me, and I entered the war’s most difficult arenas with reliance on God. <<<

The article also notes that Soleimani is “close to Khamenei and is considered his protege,” so Iran’s Supreme Leader has been grooming Soleimani to be the Imam Mahdi in the same way the now-deceased Lubavitcher Rebbe and his personal envoy to Russia, Berel Lazar, have been grooming Putin to be the Moshiach ben David. It’s important to understand that all these religious leaders are working together in this prophecy fulfillment effort, and Khamenei is just another tool of the globalists. He has been assigned to play the role of controlled opposition to the West in the same way Putin has. Virtually all the world’s governments are rotten at the top, and Iran is no exception.

IT IS BECAUSE KHAMENEI IS GROOMING THE MAHDI that he has been spreading Mahdi propaganda and proclaiming his imminent revelation with such certainty…

…from Khamenei.ir

In these remarks, Khamenei talks about the darkness of the current era (which he and his globalist buddies are deliberately creating) and about life in the “Era of the Mahdi” (the New World Order)…

“Immense oppression that prevails throughout the world, the unjust domination, the hounding of nations around the globe; excessive bloodshed, the disregard of the most noble and the most beloved of human values, this is the treachery that the global supercilious front presents to mankind day after day. Immense immorality, exploitation and oppression naturally strikes at one – who does not have a spring of hope to cling onto – with hopelessness…

However, the nation that is optimistic about the future knows that these times will come to an end. An era will emerge when the mighty power of justice will eradicate all summits of corruption and oppression. A new era that will enlighten humankind’s outlook with the light of justice; this is what the awaiting era of Imam Mahdi our Savior signifies

You should work hard to prepare the ground for a new era; the era wherein there is no form of injustice and oppression. Prepare for an era wherein the deliberation and wisdom of mankind become more active, more creative and more innovative than any other time. Prepare for the era wherein nations do not launch wars on each other, because the warmongers of the world- those who staged regional and global wars in the past and present-will no longer have the ability to stage wars. Absolute peace and security will prevail around the globe.”

The globalists are doing everything possible to plunge us into “Darkness” so we’ll yearn for the “Light.” And as soon as the war is over, they’ll provide us with the “Dawn of a New Day” – a New World Order that will be a short-lived fool’s paradise.

Getting back to Israel’s targeting of Soleimani, have a look at this piece of propaganda from Israel National News

So even the Israeli press are building up his legend of invincibility and talking of his uniting of the Muslims, both of which are very Mahdi-like qualities. But this raises a very obvious question…

If Soleimani has been so effective in defeating the Israeli-Saudi-Western agenda in the Middle East and in encircling Israel, why was he not killed years ago during his many journeys to the front lines with photographers in tow?

The answer is rather obvious: all the combatants in this conflict are working from the same “Armageddon” script, and that script requires that Israel be surrounded and assaulted by its enemies. So all combatants (including the US and Israel) aided Soleimani in achieving his “victories,” and all sides protected him until the final battle. In other words, he was kept alive so he could be built up and sacrificed at the right time.

All this being said, if we consider that…

Netanyahu has threatened to strike the Iranian “empire” directly,
Soleimani is the man most responsible for building that empire and is its public “face,” and
Soleimani is the man tasked by that empire to prepare for war against Israel,

Israel’s strike target is very clear, isn’t it?

<<<END EXCERPT

~ MORE ~

The Scripting Implications of Soleimani’s Assassination

The excerpted writings from 2018 reflect the globalist scripting that was active at that time, and that scripting may still be valid. But as I’ve done my New Year’s review of globalist operations, I’ve identified more than 5 different scripts that may be in play this year. While I’ve not yet had time to write on all of them, I can tell you that some of them cast Trump as an NWO hero / Avatar, and others cast him (and/or his son-in-law Jared Kushner) as antichrist(s). The scripts also cast either Qasem Soleimani or Recep Tayyip Erdogan as the “Imam Mahdi,” who is an NWO hero / Avatar character in the play. Given these factoids, one of three conclusions can be drawn from Trump’s supposed assassination of Qasem Soleimani…

  1. Trump specifically ordered the murder of Soleimani because Trump is going to be presented as an antichrist (and an antichrist would want to kill the Mahdi),
  2. Trump specifically ordered the murder of Soleimani because Soleimani is not going to be presented as the Mahdi (and an NWO hero /Avatar would want to kill Soleimani because he was an adversary of Mahdi Erdogan), or
  3. Trump didn’t specifically order the killing of Soleimani because Avatar Trump would never want to kill Avatar Soleimani (and it was instead the “Deep State” that did the deed).

Concerning the third option, the assassination could be narrated as a “Deep State” plot to remove Trump from office under impeachment or the 25th Amendment due to his “rash and impulsive decision to order the death of Soleimani, thus putting the nation at great risk of unnecessary war.” In fact, preparatory propaganda for this has already appeared…

…from Newsweek

The narrative would be that “Deep State” elements struck Soleimani under a standing order Trump issued to allow the military to rapidly respond to emerging threats. So under the pretext that Soleimani’s arrival in Baghdad posed an immediate and urgent threat to US troops, they killed him without a specific authorization from Trump. And now they’ll unleash a PR campaign to justify the removal of the “dangerously erratic Orange Man.”

As for the first and second options, you can read more about them in the blue-titled entries below the line.

~ MORE ~

The Mainstream Media Account of Trump’s Strike Authorization

This afternoon, Politico released a story which details how the decision to strike Soleimani was supposedly made

…Here is an excerpt…

As rocket attacks against U.S. bases in Iraq intensified over the last two months, the president had granted the Pentagon extraordinary latitude: The U.S. military had his permission to kill Soleimani the next time it had an opportunity to do so, according to a senior defense official who was not authorized to speak on the record.

“We had authority before the strike to take that action,” said the official, who wouldn’t say how recently Trump gave the Pentagon that authorization—whether it was hours, weeks or even months earlier. As recently as New Year’s Eve, the president was telling reporters that he didn’t want war with Iran

“He arrived at the airport and we had a target of opportunity, and based on the president’s direction, we took it,” the senior defense official said.

So as I suspected, the story is that the military struck under a preexisting authorization given by the President, and the “senior defense official” implied that Trump specifically okayed the killing of Soleimani, but did he? Did Trump specifically say, “Yes, you can kill Qasem Soleimani,” or did he merely grant a general authorization to strike Iranian agents operating against US forces in Iraq — an authorization that was then exploited to do something disastrous and blame it on Trump?

I’m waiting to see what Trump says about it. Only then can we draw the right conclusion on what the strike means.

~ MORE – 4 January 2020 ~

Keep an eye out for “terror attacks” (conducted by the same people who arrange the mass shootings) here in the US, because they’ll be used to cement the case against him: “Because Trump reacted to Khamenei’s taunts like an immature schoolchild, Americans are now dead and we’re at the brink of World War 3. We simply can’t afford to allow him another year as President.”

Also, I’ve detected language in press reports that point to Soleimani’s replacement, Esmail Ghaani, being a new candidate for the Mahdi role. The reports talk about him “emerging from the shadow(s),” which is intended as a tie-in to “Hidden Imam” lore. I’ll go into detail on this tomorrow.

The globalist scriptwriters may be intending to use Trump’s killing of Soleimani as “the event that leads to the Mahdi (Ghaani) and the Antichrist (Kushner) coming out of the shadows for their final showdown.” Under such scripting, Soleimani’s death led to Ghaani emerging from his shadow, and Trump’s political fall will lead to Kushner emerging from his shadow. The story may be that Kushner convinced Trump to strike Soleimani in order to trigger his fall. But before Trump is removed, Kushner has to push out Pence and take his place. Keep an eye out for that.

~ MORE – 5 January 2020 ~

Now that a couple of days have passed, the exact narrative of “Jared Kushner and the Deep State set up Trump (and Pence) for a fall” is taking shape.

HERE IS THE FIRST THING OF NOTE:

The press are narrating that Trump specifically okayed the killing of Soleimani, and that his decision “shocked” the Pentagon. Here is an account of the decision-making process from a New York Times article featured in the South Florida Sun-Sentinel

In the chaotic days leading to the death of Maj. Gen. Qassem Soleimani, Iran’s most powerful commander, top American military officials put the option of killing him — which they viewed as the most extreme response to recent Iranian-led violence in Iraq — on the menu they presented to President Donald Trump.

They didn’t think he would take it. In the wars waged since the Sept. 11, 2001, attacks, Pentagon officials have often offered improbable options to presidents to make other possibilities appear more palatable.

After initially rejecting the Soleimani option on Dec. 28 and authorizing airstrikes on an Iranian-backed Shiite militia group instead, a few days later Trump watched, fuming, as television reports showed Iranian-backed attacks on the U.S. Embassy in Baghdad, according to Defense Department and administration officials.

By late Thursday, the president had gone for the extreme option. Top Pentagon officials were stunned

Secretary of State Mike Pompeo and Vice President Mike Pence were two of the most hawkish voices arguing for a response to Iranian aggression, according to administration officials. Pence’s office helped run herd on meetings and conference calls held by officials in the run-up to the strike.

So the report puts the time of Trump’s fateful decision at late Thursday. It also suggests that Trump was emotional before making the decision. And quite importantly, it hints that Pence pushed for the hit on Soleimani.

Pence’s involvement with the decision raises two scripting possibilities…

Possibility 1 – The globalists have set up Pence as the obvious scapegoat if the decision turns out to be disastrous (and if the globalists proceed with their plan, it will). Pence’s “catastrophically bad advice” and Trump’s suspicion that Pence “set him up so he could take the presidency” will result in Trump pushing Pence out and replacing him with a new Vice President. And in the midst of impeachment and “Soleimanigate,” he will turn to “the only person he can trust, Jared Kushner” as the new VP. This will place “the Antichrist Kushner” just one step away from the presidency while Trump has an $80,000,000 bounty on his head.

Possibility 2 – The globalists intend to place Pence into the presidency under the old “Grey Champion” script I wrote about in 2017

…from The Atlantic

It will later be narrated that tricking Trump into the Soleimani strike was “Antichrist Pence’s way of removing Trump and taking over the Presidency.”

HERE IS THE SECOND THING OF NOTE:

The press prominently featured Iranian Supreme Leader Khamenei’s taunting of Trump before and after the assassination of Soleimani.

On Thursday morning, presumably before making the “late Thursday” decision to hit Soleimani, these were the Drudge headlines to which Trump awakened…

…from the Internet Archive / Drudge Report

And after the Soleimani hit, this is what Breitbart had to say about the taunts

The globalist propaganda corps worked the taunts into the narrative in order to establish a plausible reason for Trump’s quick removal from the presidency…

“Trump’s rash and erratic nature has finally resulted in a catastrophic foreign policy decision that could lead the entire world into war. He responded to the Iranian leaders’ taunts like an impetuous kindergartener, thereby placing America at great risk of an unnecessary war. His continued presence in the Office of the President poses a clear and present danger to the people of the United States and the World.”

Under this rationale, the propaganda corps have established grounds for a 25th Amendment or impeachment removal. And if Trump perceives any 25th Amendment threat, the first person he’ll want to get rid of is the man who pushed the Soleimani option and stands to inherit his presidency, Mike Pence. Kushner will see to that.

AND HERE IS THE THIRD THING OF NOTE:

Trump appeared “pained” when he made the first public announcement of the strike, even seeming broken-up and mournful when he made his first reference to Soleimani…

…from YouTube

Under normal circumstances when Trump is proud of an accomplishment, we’d expect him to channel President Camacho in claiming credit:

“Hell yeah, dat Iranian muthafugga got REHABILITATED!”…

But in his statement, Trump used his reality TV acting “skills” to come across like a man whose cat has just been run over. Why?

Was he an “antichrist” trying to act human — like he understood the gravity of the situation and regretted the necessity of taking human life?

Was he dejected because he realized that he’d been suckered into making the wrong move and he knows his end is nigh?

Was he sad because he’s an NWO hero / Avatar who gave the “Deep State” too much leash, resulting in the death of a brother Avatar? Did he really OK Soleimani as a target, or did he grudgingly take credit for a rogue operation conducted under a standing order in order to avoid appearing weak and not in control?

This video will be grist for narrative propaganda to come.

Tomorrow morning, I’ll continue by covering the “Hidden Imam” angle to all this.

Now that the red flag of the “Final Jihad” has been raised, has the “Hidden Imam” emerged from the shadows?…

…from this morning’s Drudge Report

Or has the real Imam Mahdi slipped from Satan grasp and gone into occultation until the final, decisive battle?…

(This kinda reminds me of the end of Flash Gordon.)

~ MORE – 6 January 2020 ~

When I first encountered press reports on Soleimani’s replacement, Esmail Ghaani, I was struck by the specific language that was used…

…from AP. Here is an excerpt…

A new Iranian general has stepped out of the shadows to lead the country’s expeditionary Quds Force, becoming responsible for Tehran’s proxies across the Mideast as the Islamic Republic threatens the U.S. with “harsh revenge” for killing its previous head, Qassem Suleimani…

While much still remains unknown about Ghaani, 62, Western sanctions suggest he’s long been in a position of power in the organization. And likely one of his first duties will be to oversee whatever revenge Iran intends to seek for the U.S. airstrike early Friday that killed his longtime friend Suleimani…

Suleimani long has been the face of the Quds Force. His fame surged after American officials began blaming him for deadly roadside bombs targeting U.S. troops in Iraq. Images of him, long a feature of hard-line Instagram accounts and mobile phone lockscreens, now plaster billboards calling for Iran to avenge his death.

But while Suleimani’s exploits in Iraq and Syria launched a thousand analyses, Ghaani has remained much more in the shadows of the organization. He has only occasionally come up in the Western or even Iranian media. But his personal story broadly mirrors that of Suleimani.

Since this is an AP story that was picked up by a large number of news sites, the language of Ghaani “stepping out of the shadows” appeared everywhere. I even found the language in an article written by a different author…

The new face of Iran’s deadly Quds Force is a military veteran with close ties to his assassinated predecessor Qassem Soleimani.

Esmail Ghaani, 62, emerged from the shadows of Iran’s paramilitary forces to take over from Soleimani, his longtime friend and fellow veteran of the eight-year Iran-Iraq war in the 1980s. One of his likely first duties: Coordinating Iran’s plan of revenge against the United States for the Friday morning airstrike targeting Soleimani. – from the NY Daily News

The idea of “stepping out of the shadow(s)” is quite notable due to its tie-in to the Mahdi-related concept of “occultation”…

Twelver Shias believe that the Imam did not suffer death, but that, for various reasons, has been concealed by Allah from mankind. This event is known as “The Occultation”

The Quran states, that there are two kinds of saints of God among people: apparent and hidden. The hidden saints live among the people and are aware of them, but the people do not know them. Sura Kahf 18:65–66 implies that even though people do not know the hidden saints, they benefit from them like the sun hidden behind the clouds.

Shias generally believe that in every age, there is an Imam, either apparent or hidden. But in times that there are dangers threatening the life of the Imam, he is concealed by God’s order, hence the Occultation of the twelfth Imam.

Sharif al-Murtaza, a classical Shia scholar has argued that the reason for the Imam’s Occultation was to protect his life after establishing the just state had been rendered impossible by his enemies. – from Wikipedia

The definition of “occult” is to “cut off from view by interposing something,” so was Soleimani an “apparent saint” who occulted the world’s view of the “hidden saint” Ghaani? If you’re wondering why the Imam Mahdi would be occulted in our current age, just look at the sections I highlighted in red and then look at this…

…from RFE/RL. Here is an excerpt…

Iran’s former hard-line President Mahmud Ahmadinejad has reportedly said that the United States is working to arrest the Hidden Imam, who according to Shi’ite belief went into hiding in the 10th century and will reappear to bring justice to Earth…

Ahmadinejad is quoted as saying that the West has been building a case against the Hidden Imam to prevent his reappearance… “They’ve done so much research about the Hidden Imam in the human science universities of the United States that I am not exaggerating by saying that it is a thousand times more than all the work done in the seminaries of Qom, Najaf, and Mashhad,” he reportedly said, referring to three Shi’ite holy cities.

Ahmadinejad, who is known for his controversial statements and his devotion to the Hidden Imam, added that U.S. universities have debriefed numerous individuals who have been in touch with the disappeared spiritual leader.

“To quote a friend, they’ve completed a case against the Hidden Imam, and closed it also for his arrest,” he was quoted as saying. “The only [evidence] they lack is his picture.”

Ahmadinejad suggested that the West — and particularly the United States — sees the return of the Hidden Imam as a threat to its “empire,” adding that the U.S. administration is “evil.”

“It is really a government established by Satan to prevent reaching God and the Hidden Imam,” Ahmadinejad was quoted as saying. ” … This evil government knows that its end will come if the Hidden Imam reappears.”

~ MORE – 7 January 2020 ~

Is Putin in Damascus Today to Meet with Soleimani?

Guess who just made a surprise visit to Damascus…

…from the Independent

Given the Soleimani assassination’s intimate connection to the Imam Mahdi narrative, there are three ways the globalist scriptwriters will eventually frame what happened…

  1. “Soleimani was actually killed, and the Hidden Imam (Ghaani) emerged from Occultation when the Red Flag of the Final Jihad was lifted over Jamkaran Mosque.”
  2. “Soleimani was actually killed, and was then supernaturally resurrected by God for his return as the Imam Mahdi.”
  3. “Soleimani wasn’t actually killed, because he was warned of what awaited him in Baghdad. So he deplaned in Damascus and went into Occultation while a body double wearing a similar ring was sent on to Baghdad.”

Well surprise, surprise! After learning of Putin’s trip, I poked around a bit and found propaganda support for the third narrative…

…from the Middle East Eye. Here is an excerpt…

Arrival in Baghdad

Soleimani took no longer in Beirut than he needed to, and returned to Damascus that evening using the same procedures.

At Damascus airport, Soleimani boarded a Cham Wings flight to Baghdad alongside other passengers. The scheduled flight departure time was set at 20:20, but for unknown reasons it was delayed to 22:28, the public data of the company shows.

At around the same time, Muhandis received news that suggested his friend would shortly be touching down in Iraq. The Hashd al-Shaabi’s top leader was given a very short note, detailing only the airline and arrival time.

So was the flight delay due to Soleimani receiving a warning, then deplaning and recruiting a willing martyr to take his place? If Soleimani is still alive due to a last-minute tipoff, who warned him? Was it Trump playing the role of the fellow NWO hero / Avatar? Or was it Kushner playing the role of the Antichrist conspiring with America’s enemies before the big attack on the US? If it’s the former, we can expect restraint in the days ahead; if it’s the latter, we’ll see Iranian counterstrikes shortly.

~ MORE – 11 January 2020 ~

If we look back at what transpired on the 7th and 8th, we see that the Iranians conducted a very restrained, one-off retaliatory strike right after Putin’s meeting in Syria (just after midnight of the day of his visit). And Assad’s meeting with Putin on the 7th took place at a Russian military base in Damascus, which is exactly where Soleimani would be hiding if he is alive — a Russian base being a safe haven from US and Israeli assassination attacks. So the “Soleimani Lives” scripting option remains very much open.

In my January 6 update, I showed you how the globalists have used the language of their propaganda reports to establish the “Hidden Imam” credentials of Soleimani’s replacement, Esmail Ghaani. Well they’ve done the same with Soleimani using his former military post and a related title they’ve given him: the “Shadow Commander” / “Shadow Warrior”…





…from (top to bottom) The New Yorker, the BBC, the Washington Examiner, IFMAT, and Sky News

And here’s a snippet from Soleimani’s obituary in The New York Times

On Friday, Maj. Gen. Qassim Suleimani, the powerful and shadowy 62-year-old spymaster at the head of Iran’s security machinery, was killed by an American drone strike near the Baghdad airport.

By assigning him to the shadowy world of spies and covert military action, they’ve made him an occulted figure even though he’s publicly known, thus passably establishing his credentials as the “Hidden Imam.”

(11 January 2020) – News has come out that Pelosi will finally send the Articles of Impeachment to the Senate next week, so the impeachment trial may begin soon. After it starts, keep watch for two things…

  1. “Deep State” false-flag terror attacks in the US blamed on Iran, and/or
  2. the outbreak of a Florida-related, Epstein-related, and/or Ivanka-related Trump sex scandal.

Such developments could be use to narrate a shift in the Senate in favor of Trump’s conviction and removal.

In response to a reader’s comment, I’ve also added another section titled A Note on “the Antichrist” to the bottom of this entry.

To view Soleimani’s assassination within the broader context of the globalist effort to fulfill religious prophecies, read Ken’s Collected Writings on the Globalist Prophecy Fulfillment Deception. The 2018 writings excerpted in this entry originally appeared in Globalist Agenda Watch 2018.

A Note on “the Antichrist”

(11 January 2020) – A reader left a comment a few days ago that I attempted to answer, but the email address he provided wasn’t valid. So I’ll go ahead and post my response here in case other readers have the same perception…

Q: So Obama wasn’t the anti-christ and now Kushner is? That’s not much of a track record, or am I missing something?

A: What you’re missing is this: The “antichrist” isn’t a person; it’s a role. And the longer Obama is out of the presidency, the less useful he becomes in that role, so they might script-in a new guy. We won’t know for sure who will be the antichrist of the current period until the globalists make their final scripting and casting decisions and raise the curtain on their play, which might happen as soon as March.

Amongst the various scripts that are being prepared and evaluated for use prior to the play’s debut, there is at least one version in which Obama will retain the role of “antichrist” (of the current period). The narrative of that version would be that “after he left office, Obama maintained his influence over the government through holdovers from his administration that were not purged by Trump.” In order to lay a foundation for this script’s use, they’re putting out narrative support propaganda like this…

…from the World Tribune

As for Trump and Kushner, they are destined to be revealed as antichrists — it’s just a matter of WHEN. In the more likely versions of the script, they will be revealed in the Second Act; in others, they’ll be revealed in the First Act, and as soon as March.


Globalist Prophecy Timetables and March of 2020

(12 January 2019) – Instead of hitting you with a half-dozen or more prophecy fulfillment timetables all at once, I’ve decided to focus exclusively on March for now. So here goes…

If the globalists pull the trigger and make this March a significant month, there are only three things it could mean:

  1. it is the beginning of a Tribulation period (the start of a 7-year clock),
  2. it is the beginning of a Great Tribulation period (the start of the 2nd half of a 7-year clock), or
  3. it is the end of a Tribulation/Great Tribulation (the end of a 7-year clock).

That being so, here’s what to look for to know which of the three you’re in…

IF MARCH IS THE BEGINNING OF A TRIBULATION PERIOD, you’ll see the global emergence of a savior figure or a group of savior figures who have a leader (a “first among equals”), and that savior/leader will bring in a New World Order. If that World Order is still run by central bankers or looks ominous and “unipolar,” you’ll know it’s the beginning of the First Tribulation. If it looks like something totally new, hopeful, and “multipolar,” you’ll know it’s the beginning of the Second Tribulation.

IF MARCH IS THE BEGINNING OF A GREAT TRIBULATION PERIOD, an existing world leader will start to look dangerous, and there will be a notable increase in geopolitical turbulence from that point forward.

IF MARCH IS THE END OF A TRIBULATION/GREAT TRIBULATION, there will be a big world crisis that brings down the existing world leadership / world order to make way for new leadership and a new order. The new leaders/order will appear to be the answer to all the problems that arose during the 7-year period.

Of course, the globalists have already run this program with Obama, except they didn’t follow through with the last step. (Or did they?) So over the next 24 hours (or so), I’ll show you what they did with Obama to adhere to this template. After that, I’ll show you the past events they’ll use in establishing the significance of this March.

~ MORE – 13 January 2020 ~

To see the globalists’ prophecy fulfillment template at work, one need only look at how they positioned Obama to play the Western Antichrist from September of 2009 to September of 2016. What they did with him literally defined the template.

If you recall, Obama was elected amidst the 2008 global financial crisis, less than two months after the collapse of Lehman Brothers…

…from The Wall Street Journal

Being an incoming savior figure, he was presented as the candidate who offered “hope” and “change we could believe in”

But his election and inauguration as President of the United States was not the beginning of his tenure as “the Antichrist.” That came several months later…

THE BEGINNING OF THE 2009-2016 TRIBULATION

Obama’s global reign as the decoy Antichrist symbolically began on September 24, 2009, when he became the first US President to sit as President of the UN Security Council (thus becoming the most powerful man in the most powerful body of the global government). Note how the UN presented the event as “historic”…

…from YouTube

And on the very next day, 25 September 2009, the newly-minted Antichrist was in Pittsburgh to officially launch his New World Order…

…from The Guardian. It was at this Summit that the G20 officially replaced the G7 as the leading economic body of the world…

…from CNN

Of course, the groundwork for Obama’s NWO had already been laid at an earlier 2009 G20 Summit in Rothschildland (a.k.a. “England”). Note the terms Gordon Brown used to describe the result of the meeting…

…from The Telegraph

And just a few months after “accomplishing” all this, Obama received the Nobel Peace Prize…

…from NobelPrize.org

This helped cement him as the Antichrist by fulfilling the widespread Christian prophecy expectation that “the Antichrist will arrive appearing to be a man of peace, but he’ll bring war.”

So after a global economic crisis created space for a new savior figure to arrive on the global stage, establish a new world order, and pose as “a great man of peace,” 3.5 years passed until…

~ MORE – 14 January 2020 ~

THE BEGINNING OF THE 2013-2016 GREAT TRIBULATION

If you count forward one 42-month (3.5-year) prophecy cycle from Obama’s debut as the Antichrist in September of 2009, you get this: September 2009 + 3 years = September 2012 + 6 months = March 2013. And it is at this midpoint in the 7-year Tribulation that the Antichrist is supposed to be revealed and increasing turmoil in the world is supposed to begin. So the globalists were right on schedule when they had Obama travel to Israel on March 20, 2013 and stand in Christ’s supposed birthplace on the 22nd
obamanativity

Since the Third Temple wasn’t yet available for desecration, Obama standing here passably fulfilled the “abomination of desolation standing in the holy place” prophecy. The act also signaled that the Great Tribulation had begun and trumpeted his Antichrist status to observant prophecy watchers. To be sure the everyone got the message, though, the globalists had their alt-media disinformation minions drive the point home…

> On March 9, 2013, just 13 days before Obama fulfilled the abomination prophecy, Christian prophecy propagandist Carl Gallups released this article and the original version of his famous video…
pps2

> On March 23, 2013, the day after Obama fulfilled the prophecy, disinformation mega-minion Alex Jones released his own “Obama is an Antichrist” video…
alexobamaanti2

> On March 17, 2013, just three days before Obama flew to Israel and walked around the “Holy Land,” The History Channel showed the Devil (who looks just like Obama) walking around the “Holy Land” in their miniseries The Bible

And just two days after The History Channel showed us the face of the Devil, the Khan al-Assal chemical attack occurred in Syria…

…from Reuters

This was the first of a number of supposed chemical attacks that America and the West used to increasingly and more directly intervene in the Syrian “civil war” / regime change operation.

Besides Obama being “revealed as the Antichrist” and the subsequent ramp-up of the war in Syria, two other significant, Antichristy things happened in March of 2013: 1) the “False Prophet,” Pope Francis, took his throne, and 2) the man who has had Christian crosses removed, burned, and replaced with his picture, Xi Jinping, assumed the presidency of China…


…from ABC News (top) and the BBC (bottom)

So “the forces of Antichrist burst upon the world scene” in March of 2013, thus beginning the Great Tribulation phase of the 2009-2016 Tribulation period. And this started the 3.5 year clock to…

~ MORE – 15 January 2020 ~

THE END OF THE 2009-2016 TRIBULATION/GREAT TRIBULATION

If you count forward one 42-month (3.5-year) prophecy cycle from the month Obama was publicly revealed as the Antichrist, you get this: March 2013 + 3 years = March 2016 + 6 months = September 2016. And it is at this endpoint of the 7-year Tribulation that the decoy Antichrist was supposed to be defeated by the “real” Antichrist, Putin, so Putin could pose as the “real” messiah. But it didn’t happen. Why?

After March of 2013, the escalation in Syria went to plan, with the US beginning airstrikes there in 2014 under the pretense of attacking ISIS. And with the increasing support they were receiving, the Syrian “rebels” inexorably closed-in on Assad. But in August of 2015, a month before the “Prince of the Power of the Air” (Putin) intervened in Syria with his air force, I stumbled, flabbergasted, across their timetable. It was at that time that I posted Obama the “Antichrist” and “Divine Intervention” in September 2016, in which I wrote this…

By helping to raise awareness of this scenario through this entry, I’m hoping that the Occulted Powers will be forced to back off until they can set up another 7 year period, and that would impose a major delay on the full NWO rollout.

Wouldn’t that be sweet…
Newman2

That they might bail on a timetable into which they invested so much seemed like a faint hope at the time, but to my shock, my “Newman!” strategy seemed to work.

Their plan was to stage a massive “ISIS” terror attack at the Rio Olympics in 2016, which would have included their destruction of Rio’s most famous landmark…

This attack would have gotten the entire world to focus their military attention on ISIS and Syria, which would have led to two unfriendly armies, those of the US-led “Global North” and the Russia-led “Global South,” coming into contact in Dabiq, Syria to where ISIS was to retreat. In the region-wide conflagration that was to follow, the globalists would have had their “End Times” War between “the Kings of the North and the Kings of the South.” But the terror attack was aborted, and when the unreinforced armies approached each other in September, there was no energy to drive a conflict…

…from The Guardian

So what really happened to the end of the 2009-2016 Tribulation period?…

Did some things not come together like the globalists expected, leading to a third-trimester prophecy abortion? – Possibly.

Did my efforts to expose the timetable and Rio attack bear fruit? – Hell if I know, but in the one in a million chance they did, I’ve continued my exposure efforts to this day.

Did they actually complete the timetable, just not in the way I was expecting? – Doubtful. If they had considered it complete, they wouldn’t have attempted to carry out the “Blood Moons” timetable last year (see the 20 December 2018 update in this entry for details on that).

~ MORE – 15 January 2020 ~

What an interesting day! On the same day President Trump signs a China trade deal that Kushner helped arrange, I find myself looking at Kushner’s China connections and a scenario for March that would include both him and Xi. I’ll cover it after I finish laying the groundwork with the Timetables article. And in Russia, a shocking and sudden new political development has Putin preparing to stay in power after his current presidential term expires in 2024. Could it be that the globalists are anticipating another delay of Putin’s ascension to world leader?

~ MORE – 16 January 2020 ~

Of course, my coverage of Obama’s time as the decoy Antichrist wouldn’t be complete without covering the other 7-year period associated with his tenure: the Seven-Year Peace Covenant with Israel timeline. Among Christians, a prophetic expectation has been developed that the Antichrist will reach a seven-year peace agreement with Israel (and “the many”), which he’ll start breaking in the middle. Here’s how this expectation was fulfilled in Obama’s case:

THE BEGINNING OF THE SEVEN YEARS: On July 23, 2008, Obama made a covenant with Israel and the many (“leaders on both sides of the Middle East conflict”) “to protect Israel and prevent Iran from developing nuclear weapons”
obcov1
…from The New York Times

THE MIDDLE OF THE SEVEN YEARS: To see if Obama started breaking the covenant 3.5 years later, let’s count forward six months from July 2008: 1) August 2008, 2) September 2008, 3) October 2008, 4) November 2008, 5) December 2008, 6) January 2009. And if we add 3 years to January 2009, we arrive at January 2012. So did anything related to the covenant happen in January 2012? Have a look at this Infowars.com article from the time
obcov2

So in January 2012, Obama backed away from Israel and moved towards Iran. But what about the end of the covenant? Wouldn’t you know it, it happened right on schedule:

THE END OF THE SEVEN YEARS: On July 14, 2015, Obama made a deal with Iran over their nuclear program which the Israelis viewed as a violation of the covenant

…from The New York Times

So Obama made a deal with Israel in July of 2008, started moving in the other direction 3.5 years later in January of 2012, and struck a deal with Iran 3.5 years after that in July of 2015. In orchestrating these moves, the globalists passably fulfilled the 7-Year Peace Covenant expectation with Obama, and they did it in a way that offset the two 7-year periods: the peace covenant period was started over a year earlier than the main Antichrist period, thus camouflaging the (decoy) Antichrist’s approach. The next time they attempt to engineer fulfillment of these prophecy expectations, we might see the two timelines merged together.

Now that we’ve seen the prophecy fulfillment attempt that literally defined the globalist template, let’s review what happened 3.5 and 7 years ago (from the perspective of March 2020):

March 2020 – 7 years = March 2013: On that month…

  • Obama revealed himself as a/the antichrist by standing in Christ’s birthplace,
  • the first Jesuit head of the Roman Catholic Church, Pope Francis, took his throne and assumed the role of the “False Prophet”, and
  • another antichrist, Xi Jinping, rose to the presidency of China and later began a crackdown on religious groups, including Christians and Kaifeng Jews.

So this was the month “the forces of antichrist burst upon the world scene and took their thrones.” It should also be noted that Obama, Pope Francis, and Xi Jinping are considered leftists / socialists / communists.

March 2020 – 3 years = March 2017 – 6 months = September 2016: On that month…

So the globalists can say that “September of 2016 was the month the false messiah Trump ascended the world political stage offering to save America and the world from Hillary Clinton and the war-mongering Deep State.” They can also say that “on the month of Trump’s ascension, the ‘real messiah’ Putin was almost assassinated and Israel’s last reasonable statesman was killed.” Have a look at what the prophecy propagandists said about Peres’s death…

…from Breaking Israel News. Here is an excerpt…

In a rare gathering, a multitude of world leaders will be arriving in Jerusalem on Friday for the funeral of Israeli statesman, Shimon Peres. The number and prominence of world leaders in attendance is staggering, but even more startling is how this conforms precisely to Biblical prophecies

Rabbi Yosef Berger, rabbi of the Tomb of David on Mount Zion in Jerusalem, told Breaking Israel News that not only is the gathering significant, but the timing, he said, is, “the opening to Gog and Magog, and the final stages before Messiah”.

So March of 2013 and September of 2016 are prophecy building blocks that can be combined with March of 2020 to construct a prophecy-fulfilling Tribulation period. But will all three blocks be used? Will future blocks like September of 2023 and March of 2027 be snapped into the structure? Or will they cast aside these blocks and use blocks from a different time sequence to build their Tribulations? These are questions I’ll systematically address in the next section as we continue to explore the globalists’ Prophecy Fulfillment Legoland.

“Heya, kids! Let’s talk about the Kabbalah!”…

~ MORE – 17 January 2020 ~

Let’s take a moment to review what I said at the beginning of this entry…

If the globalists pull the trigger and make this March a significant month, there are only three things it could mean:

  1. it is the beginning of a Tribulation period (the start of a 7-year clock),
  2. it is the beginning of a Great Tribulation period (the start of the 2nd half of a 7-year clock), or
  3. it is the end of a Tribulation/Great Tribulation (the end of a 7-year clock).

Let’s also take a moment to remember that the globalist plan calls for two Tribulation periods: the First Tribulation, which will feature the rise and seven-year global rule of a decoy Antichrist, and the Second Tribulation, which will feature the rise and seven-year global rule of the “real” Antichrist. The end state that is to be achieved after these two Tribulations is the triumph and post-democratic global rule of a globalist-chosen figurehead they’ll call “Jesus Christ.”

So if March is to serve as the beginning of a Tribulation period, it could be the beginning of either the First Tribulation or the Second; if it is to serve as the beginning of a Great Tribulation period, it could be the beginning of the First or Second; and if it is to serve as the end of a Tribulation / Great Tribulation period, it could be the end of the First or Second. This means there are six configurations that are possible for March. That being said, the globalists’ affinity for scheduling big events in conjunction with Rosh Hashanah (Jewish New Year) — which typically starts in September — means that September is the more likely month for the beginning and end of a seven-year Tribulation period, and March is the more likely month for the start of a Great Tribulation.

Now let’s start fitting the Legos together in each of the six potential configurations, starting with…

“MARCH 2020 IS THE BEGINNING OF A TRIBULATION PERIOD”

IF MARCH IS THE BEGINNING OF THE FIRST TRIBULATION, none of the previous prophecy prophecy blocks matter; they’ll serve merely as backstory that feeds into the Tribulation’s narrative. And the globalist minions most likely to play the decoy Antichrist include Donald Trump, Jared Kushner, Mike Pence, and Xi Jinping, with Kushner being the main candidate.

Kushner’s potential rise to the throne has already begun with the start of Trump’s impeachment trial yesterday. Off the top of my head, I can think of three scenarios that would put him in the presidency by the end of March…

1) Trump is removed from office and Pence takes over as President. Under pressure from Israel and their Washington lobby, he’ll appoint Kushner as his Vice President. Pence will then be assassinated at the beginning of the “lightning war” that is planned, leaving Kushner as President and Commander-in-Chief of the war-ending US Secret Space Program / Space Force. He’ll then build a “unilateral” New World Order using the carrot of sequestered Secret Space Program technology and the stick of Space Force battlecraft.

2) Trump perceives his imminent removal from office and makes a deal with Pence in which he’ll resign the presidency in exchange for Pence granting him a pardon and taking on Kushner as VP. The assassination of Pence and the rest will then go forward in the same manner as the first scenario.

3) Pence resigns, is removed due to new criminal evidence uncovered during the impeachment trial, or dies and Trump appoints Kushner as VP. Trump will then be removed or assassinated and the rest will go forward in the same manner as the first scenario.

~ MORE – 18 January 2020 ~

IF MARCH IS THE BEGINNING OF THE SECOND TRIBULATION, we’ll see Vladimir Putin take the stage as the world’s savior/leader, and he’ll launch the “multilateral / multipolar” New World Order. As for how this would impact America, the globalists have prepared two scripting options…

  1. The Good America Option, in which the US President (Trump) will “defeat the evil Deep State” and join Putin & Friends as a partner, and
  2. The Bad America Option, in which the sitting US President (Trump, Pence or Kushner) will be cast as Putin’s evil enemy who is defeated.

I’ve been observing preparatory propaganda that supports both options…

To support the Good America Option, we’ve been seeing reports that suggest Trump and Putin are putting the finishing touches on the defeat of their “Satanist Deep State” enemies, with Trump purging Obama’s holdovers and Putin purging the “Atlantic Integrationists”…


…from the World Tribune and Zero Hedge

Under this option, February or March could bring a short war which would be characterized as the “Deep State Global Network’s final desperate attempt to save their agenda.” This war would be checkmated by the US Space Force and followed by mass arrests of “Deep State” personnel worldwide. The multilateral NWO would then be launched with Trump providing the military force to stop all wars, Xi providing the gold to relaunch the global financial system, and Putin providing political leadership to a world wary of both American and Chinese control. Kushner would most likely be arrested as part of the American “Deep State” purge.

To support the Bad America Option, we’ve been seeing reports that Trump/Kushner have been mercilessly bullying both friend and foe nations alike with monetary demands, tariffs, economic sanctions, treaty withdrawals, and military actions & movements…

…from The American Conservative. Here are some more articles on Trump’s bullying…

So by March, we’d see a fed-up world finally band together and strike back with a massive, multidimensional attack upon America that would result in its fall. The “multilateral / multipolar” NWO would then rise from the ashes of the “American Empire.”

In the Good America and Bad America options, you can see why my first update of the year talked of 2020 being the year of “Schrodinger’s minions.” It’s because we won’t know who is cast to be a “good guy” or “bad guy” until we observe the result of the globalists’ choices. Will Trump finally be observed as a savior figure who was working undercover until he could make his final move to defeat the “bad guys,” or will he be observed as a false messiah who pretended to be a “good guy” in order to help (decoy) Antichrist Kushner rise to world leadership? Either way, Trump’s “bullying” is helping to force the nations away from a “unipolar” / “America-centric world order” into the “multipolar” / “reformed UN-centric world order” the globalists wish to implement.

Getting back to the matter at hand, if March of 2020 is to be proclaimed as the beginning of the Second Tribulation, the narrative would have to reflect that the First Tribulation has ended. I’ll cover that aspect of it when I get to the fifth of these updates.

~ MORE – 19 January 2020 ~

Speaking of the “Antichristy” things I talk about in the Timetable article (below this alert entry), I suddenly find myself noticing that Pope Francis gave the “vav vav vav” / “666” hand sign when he made his first appearance as Pope…

…He did it in a subtle way (by offsetting his thumb), but with the two fingers held together like they were, it’s clear that the hand sign was intentional. Try making the sign with your own hand; it just isn’t natural or comfortable.

(22 January 2020) – Over the course of the next 24 hours, I’ll be covering the scripting that will be used if the globalists present March as the beginning of a “Great Tribulation” period. In the event they script it as the beginning of the First Great Tribulation, there are four clear candidates for the scary figure who will rise to world leadership: 1) Donald Trump, 2) Jared Kushner, 3) Mike Pence, and 4) Xi Jinping. As part of this coverage, I’ll show you how they have been positioning Pence as “Mr. Space” (in preparation for the potential unveiling of the “Secret Space Program”). I’ll also show you how they have positioned Xi Jinping as the new leader of the G20 bankster NWO launched by Obama, which Xi reshaped into the new “Belt and Road G-20.”

~ MORE – 23 January 2020 ~

Here is Part 3/6 of the new updates to the Timetables article, in which I explore the possibility that…

“MARCH 2020 IS THE BEGINNING OF A GREAT TRIBULATION PERIOD”

IF MARCH IS THE BEGINNING OF THE FIRST GREAT TRIBULATION, it would mean that a savior figure emerged on the global stage 3.5 years earlier in September of 2016 and thereafter established a new world order. It would also mean that the 2016 savior will, in March, take on a more publicly visible role in world leadership, do things that will establish himself as “the Antichrist” to prophecy watchers, and begin a scary global crackdown in which he essentially T-bags the entire world for the next 3.5 years.

There are four obvious candidates to play the role of this 2016 (false) savior / 2020 antichrist…

  1. Donald Trump
  2. Jared Kushner
  3. Mike Pence, and
  4. Xi Jinping

The three American candidates came onto the scene together, with Trump emerging as the frontman for the (controlled) opposition to Hillary Clinton, Kushner emerging as Trump’s behind-the-scenes handler, and Pence emerging as Trump’s envoy to the Washington Establishment…

…from The Washington Post

So their claim to being saviors on the global scene flows from their supposed opposition to the “Satanic NWO plans of Barack Obama, Hillary Clinton, and the Deep State Globalists.” And their emergence was trumpeted by the following September of 2016 events…

Once Trump / Kushner / Pence (“the Trio”) took office, they began to establish the unilateral “America First World Order” (AFWO), in which the US nakedly dictates its demands to the world’s nations under threats of tariffs, financial and economic sanctions, engineered revolutions, airstrikes and covert military operations, treaty withdrawals, and menacing positioning of US conventional and nuclear forces. Given its nature, it’s not hard to see how the AFWO could be narrated as a Satanic world order and how the Trio could be narrated as “false messiahs” who actually completed the Satanic world order they were supposedly opposing.

The Trio’s mechanism for taking the AFWO to the next level and beginning the Great Tribulation in March would be to…

  1. make America look overextended, weakened, and vulnerable,
  2. provoke their enemies (through outrageous actions like the supposed killing of Soleimani) into attacking the US,
  3. then checkmate their attackers by bringing the Secret Space Program / Space Force out of the shadows.

This strategy would, at once, nullify all opposition and establish a world-dominating military and technological supremacy that would supercharge the AFWO. 3.5 years of scary misery would ensue (much like what happened after I got married).

~ MORE – 24 January 2020 ~

As for the Chinese candidate for the 2020 Antichrist role, Xi Jinping, his emergence as a global leader also took place in September of 2016. It happened on the 4th and 5th at the G20 Summit in Hangzhou, China…

…from fmprc.gov.cn

And just like Barack Obama, whose Antichrist tenure began on the first day of the 2009 Pittsburgh G20 Summit (24 September 2009, the same day he sat as President of the UNSC) and featured him turning the already-existing G20 into a “new financial order” / “new world order,” Xi’s possible Antichrist tenure began on the first day of the 2016 Summit and featured him turning the already-existing “G20 world order” into the new “Belt and Road G20 world order”…

…from Al Wihda. Here is an excerpt…

China’s “Belt and Road” initiative has become a major buzzword at the G20 Hangzhou Summit. Experts have stated that as a proposal aimed at boosting economic development, the initiative and the G20, as a mechanism specializing in economic governance, should be able to complement each other given their broad coverage

Hangzhou, the host city of this year’s G20 summit, is located at the intersection of the Silk Road Economic Belt and the 21st Century Maritime Silk Road. In ancient times, it was thanks to these two routes’ counterparts that the city stayed connected to the outside world.

So it was at the Hangzhou Summit that Xi’s economic leadership was offered to the world…

…from the BBC

…and it was in Davos a few months later that Xi continued to press his ambition…

…from Reuters

Did all this, then, constitute the launch of a “new world order”? Evidently so…

…from Quartz. Here is an excerpt…

Chinese president Xi Jinping has vowed for the first time that China should take the lead in shaping the “new world order” and safeguarding international security, one of the latest moves putting him in stark contrast to Donald Trump and the US president’s “America First” policy.

Xi had on numerous occasions called for China to play an important part in building the new world order. But during a Feb. 17 national security seminar in Beijing, he indicated China should “guide” the international community in the effort. A Feb. 20 commentary by the Chinese Communist Party’s central party school, which trains officials, noted the distinction. It has since been widely shared by state-controlled media…

“The overall trend of world multi-polarization, economic globalization, and democratization of international relations remains unchanged. We should guide the international community to jointly build a more just and reasonable new world order,” Xi was paraphrased by Xinhua (link in Chinese) as saying during last week’s seminar…

Xi’s new proposal has “profound meaning,” as his speech coincided with the annual Munich Security Conference and the G20 finance ministerial meeting, noted the commentary. It added that the Western-dominated world order is near its end as Western countries are showing less willingness and ability to interfere in global affairs — as evidenced by Trump’s isolationist foreign policy

Since Trump’s election China has emerged as the world’s strongest proponent of globalization. In the past few months, Xi has been busy sending the world messages that are the exact opposite of Trump’s.

~ MORE – 25 January 2020 ~

So if Xi ends up being cast as the First Tribulation’s Antichrist and his “Belt and Road G-20 World Order” is the First Tribulation’s evil-version NWO, the narrative will reflect that he is actually in cahoots with the “evil Western Satanic globalists.” And that would have some interesting implications for the script…

Implication A – It would mean that Xi’s supposed “betrayal of the New World Order” was actually a strategic deception that allowed him to cozy up with Putin, who is supposedly a “real” betrayer of the NWO. “By having Xi pose as an opponent of the West,” the narrative will say, “the Satanists were able to draw Putin into Xi’s NWO, which was actually the West’s planned NWO with different window dressing. Putin believed that Xi was building a multi-polar NWO, but it actually turned out to be a unipolar Chinese NWO built with the guidance and assistance of the Western Satanists/globalists.” Under such scripting, then, we can expect Xi to betray Putin between now and the end of March. Putin may also be betrayed by Erdogan, since they could also script that Turkey’s sudden U-turn towards Russia was another deception aimed at coming at Putin sideways — and at getting a Turkish foothold in Syria from which they can later attack Israel.

Implication B – Xi’s elevation to a more public role in global leadership would likely be preceded by a precipitous fall of American global power — the fall of the so-called “American Empire.” This fall would likely take the form of a financial system collapse which hobbles the US and allows China and its gold to step up and save the day for everyone who signs on to their NWO (which America won’t). And a severely diminished America will become a less appealing security partner for Israel, especially if Gantz wins the Israeli election at the beginning of March.

Implication C – It would also mean that Xi will be the one who “stands in the holy place” in Israel this March. And the pending free trade agreement between China and Israel will be the mechanism that brings him there. Faced with a suddenly-changed global landscape in which American power has fallen and Chinese power is skyrocketing, and given the perception that a Chinese-run NWO will be different from the current world order in which Israel is a vilified outcast at the UN, signing on to China’s NWO will seem like a wise move for the Israelis. But since Xi is actually a pawn of the Western Satanists who want to destroy Israel, it will be a fatal mistake. Isolated from American support by their siding with China, Israel will fall victim to a massive attack against it 3.5 years after they sign on to what will be a 7-year agreement with China.

~ MORE – 25 January 2020 ~

On a hunch, I decided to check on what Xi was doing in September of 2013 (which is 7 years ago come this September). As it turns out, that’s the month he first announced the Belt and Road Initiative. He did it on September 7, the day after he left his first G20 Summit, in the bizarre globalist city of Astana, Kazakhstan. This means that a 7-year “Antichrist Xi” timeline can also be narrated as starting in September 2013 and ending in September 2020, so March isn’t the only month we need to watch this year. I’ll cover the September timetable later of course; we need to get through March first.


ALERT (19 January 2020): Keep an eye on the Virginia Gun Rally and the UK House of Lords

[Alert Rescinded – 22 January 2020 – If the globalists had any plans for mischief at the gun rally and in the House of Lords, they were clearly shelved. The rally took place without a hitch and the Lords offered only token pushback on the Brexit Bill. The Bill is now awaiting royal ascent. Now we turn the unblinking eye towards Mike Pence, Israel, and the Vatican.]

Are they locking down the guns in advance of an end-of-month financial crisis?…

…from Zero Hedge. Here’s a snippet from the article…

“The rally is expected to draw tens of thousands, and fears about Charlottesville-style violence are prompting police to scour the web for any signs of a violent plot.”

When the day comes that the banksters trigger the planned financial system implosion, the last thing they want is citizens organizing armed retaliation against them, and what happens at the Virginia gun rally tomorrow may be aimed at preventing it. By staging a made-for-TV “armed insurrection” in Richmond, the government will have an excuse to crack down on people carrying guns in public; they’ll also have an excuse to go out and arrest anyone who attempts to organize armed resistance on the internet. The net result would be that people will be intimidated into keeping their guns at home and self-censoring their internet speech.

It’s interesting that this gun lockdown setup is happening on the same week that the UK House of Lords could set a financial crisis-triggering No Deal Brexit in motion for the end of this month. Have a look at this article from the Express

…Here is an excerpt…

The House of Lords does not possess the same power as Commons, as it is unable to prevent bills from becoming law.

While the bill is in the upper chamber, Lords members may make amendments, but it must go back to the House of Commons for changes to take effect.

The Lords cannot stop the bill altogether but may be able to keep it in a state of ‘ping pong’ as it swings between the two Parliamentary chambers, prolonging the legislation and preventing a January 31 exit date.

Most people may assume the chances of the bill stalling in Lords is low, given Boris Johnson’s election success, however, this is not the case…

Currently, the House of Lords is controlled by the opposition via a combination of Labour and Liberal Democrat peers.

Upon seeing this, I went to the UK Parliament website to check into a few things. Here is what it says about the ping pong process…

…from Parliament.uk

And here is what it says about the day the process could begin for the Brexit Bill…

…from Parliament.uk

So it’s scheduled to start on the 22nd. Quelle surprise!

If the opposition keep the Brexit Bill bouncing around in limbo through the end of the month, all Boris Johnson has to do is follow through on his Brexit-or-Bust threats to trigger an unexpected, market-busting No Deal departure on January 31. We’d then see the financial house of cards start to fall on February 1st, finally reaching the Next Lehman Moment (the total seize-up of the global financial system) in late February to mid March.


What To Watch For This Week: Mike Pence’s World Tour

(22 January 2020) – In keeping with the scripting options I’ve been covering, WATCH MIKE PENCE THIS WEEK. Tomorrow, Thursday the 23rd, he will be in Israel for a gathering of world leaders that will include Vladimir Putin and Emmanuel Macron. After that, he is scheduled to travel on to Rome to meet with Pope Francis. These two trips offer the following two scripting possibilities…

  1. The trip to Israel could result in an assassination of Pence (and possibly Putin & Macron too) in an Israeli false-flag attack blamed on Iran. According to the script, Pence’s killing would benefit the “Deep State” bad guys in three ways: 1) it would create a casus belli for their long-sought Iran War, 2) it would create a vacancy in the vice presidency that can be filled by Kushner, and 3) it would remove Putin as an obstacle to Israeli territorial expansion into Syria. (On another level, it would also move Macron out of the way for a French election right before March.)
  2. The trips will allow Pence to do the required “kissing of the collective Jewish a*s” at the Western Wall and the required “kissing of the ring” at the Vatican prior to taking on the presidency following a Trump conviction in the Senate. So if Pence survives the trip, look for the impeachment trial to take a noticeable turn for the worse for Trump.

~ MORE – 23 January 2020 ~

Well it looks like they’ve chosen scripting option 2, since there were no assassinations and Netanyahu took Pence for a visit to the Western Wall.

“Sign here for receipt of your presidency”…

~ MORE – 25 January 2020 ~

Getting back to the subject of watching Mike Pence this week, look at how the Jesuit-run America Magazine covered yesterday’s meeting between Pence and the Pope

…Here is an excerpt…

U.S. Vice President Mike Pence met Pope Francis in the Vatican at noon on Jan. 24, and the two spoke together in private for an hour, a surprisingly long time for an audience with someone who is not a head of state. It was their first meeting.

Pope Francis welcomed the vice president, who was raised Catholic, and then led him into the private library where he receives heads of state and distinguished guests and where he received President Trump on May 24, 2017…

Before the two leaders met, one Vatican official told America the meeting was a “courtesy” visit, as Mr. Pence was also visiting Italy and was scheduled to meet with the country’s president, Sergio Mattarella, who also attended the Holocaust Forum, and Prime Minister Giuseppe Conte. But given the length of the meeting it could have been much more. The Vatican did not issue a press statement, since the vice president is not a head of state…

Mr. Pence’s audience with Pope Francis took place as the U.S. Senate is holding the impeachment trial of President Trump.

So now that Pence has kissed the asses of Israel and the Vatican this week, let’s see if some new impeachment-impacting bombshell about Trump explodes at the beginning of the weekly news cycle on Monday. Pence’s nose is now brown-enough to be President.

~ MORE – 26 January 2020 ~

A reader has pointed out that the “impeachment-impacting bombshell about Trump” I wrote about yesterday may have already fallen…

…from Fox News

So this video was released on January 25, the day after Pence completed his “Kiss the As$ / Kiss the Ring” World Tour with the Vatican visit on January 24.

On another note, don’t let the Coronavirus hype scare you. The virus is merely an excuse to lock down the population prior to the financial system collapse. People won’t want to attend mass demonstrations if they think they’ll get a deadly virus from doing so. The virus is also a mechanism that can be used to bring down Xi Jinping and the Chinese Communist Party under versions of the script that require it.

~ MORE – 27 January 2020 ~

As it turns out, the “impeachment-impacting bombshell about Trump” I wrote about on Saturday fell exactly when and how I expected…

…from Google News

This “bombshell” and the Parnas video that was released over the weekend are meant to provide the Senators with reasons to bring witnesses into the impeachment trial, which will extend the proceedings. It’s all downhill for Trump from this point forward.

You may have also noticed that the other headline that shared the top of the news pages was the death of Kobe Bryant…

…from MSNBC

His death just a week away from the Super Bowl will actually serve as indirect backstory for the false-flag that’s planned. I’ll explain why later.


The Globalist Entrapment Team

(25 January 2020) – Yesterday, the globalist entrapment team tried something that made me laugh — and that also made me realize I must be directly over the target. So bombs away! I’ve added the bare-bones outline of Xi’s Antichrist narrative to this page.

Also, if there’s something you want me to look at, don’t send active links (unless they’re to well-known websites); only excerpts, descriptions, and inactive links (like whatever_com). The entrapment team are trying to get me to click on links that lead to illegal pornography (and may trigger drive-by downloads). I don’t keep any forms of pornography in my home or on my PC.

In fact, I do not possess any form of pornography in any medium or in any place. Neither have I traded, purchased, rented, produced, or distributed any form of pornography for many years. I’m sure the globalists have copies of my cybersex with my Philippine girlfriend back in the oughts, though. Enjoy it fellas. 😉 Can I pick ’em or what?


What To Watch For This Week: Trump’s Middle East Provocation and a Potential Shock Veto of the Brexit Deal (+ notes on a possible globalist retreat on January 29)

(27 January 2020) – While Vice President Mike Pence was on the “kiss the as$” portion of his “Kiss the As$ / “Kiss the Ring” World Tour, he was photographed sitting with Netanyahu under a painting of the Third Temple…

…from Breitbart

With this photograph, the “evil Zionists and their Washington lackeys” effectively placed their collective nutsack on the collective face of the world’s Muslims, with Netanyahu representing “the Israelite testicle” and Pence representing “the Edomite testicle.” They are basically signalling to the Muslims their intention to raze Al Aqsa Mosque and build the Third Temple in its place.

And if that’s not bad enough, here is an excerpt from Breitbart’s account of the meeting…

The meeting came amid reports that President Donald Trump’s long-awaited “Deal of the Century” would be unveiled next week as Pence invited Netanyahu and his political rival, Blue and White leader Benny Gantz, to fly to Washington on Tuesday

The Trump administration’s peace proposal set to roll out next week will be the most generous American peace plan ever for Israel, a Channel 12 report said citing an unnamed source. It would reportedly allow for Israeli sovereignty over all West Bank settlements and the Jordan Valley alongside a recognition of demilitarized Palestinian state…

The Palestinians would receive statehood so long as they adhered to the following four conditions: 1) Recognize Israel as a Jewish state; 2) demilitarize Gaza; 3) disarm the Hamas terror group; 4) recognize Jerusalem as the capital of Israel. If the Palestinians object, the report said, the White House may then turn to Israel and effectively greenlight the annexation of West Bank settlements immediately.

So the Trump Peace Plan is effectively a declaration of war against the Muslims. It says to the Palestinians, “We’ll give you statehood only if you get on your knees, bend over, and give the Israelis everything they want. And if you don’t give us what we want, we’ll take it anyway.”

Of course, this comes as no surprise to longtime readers of this blog. Here’s what I wrote about the role of the Trump Peace Plan back in 11-12 September of last year (from The 2019 Archive 2)…

Trump and Netanyahu are playing “bad cops” to Putin’s “good cop.” They will announce a peace plan that is absurdly weighted in Israel’s favor, fully knowing that the Palestinians will never accept it. This will accomplish two things:

1) It will get the Palestinians fighting mad, and the globalists will use that anger to orchestrate a conflict that will result in the destruction of Al Aqsa Mosque, thus opening the way for the construction of the Third Temple.

2) It will provide an opening for Putin to ride in on a white horse and save both Israel and the Palestinians from mutual destruction. In doing this, he will present a “balanced” peace plan that will establish a viable Palestinian state, place Jerusalem’s holy sites under the supervision of the reformed United Nations, and split the rest of Jerusalem into a Palestinian capital and an Israeli capital.

Speaking of getting the Palestinians fighting mad, how do you think the Iraqis will respond to the “Peace Plan”? They’re already firing rockets at the US Embassy and having mass demonstrations over the US presence in their country. And any expression of outrage and opposition by the Iranians can be used as a convenient cover for the war-starting false-flags the Americans, Saudis, and Israelis have planned.

On top of all this, how will another Middle East-inflaming “policy blunder” impact the ongoing impeachment trial? It can’t be a plus for Trump, can it?

Moving on to the Brexit Deal, it passed Parliament, received royal assent, and was signed by the EU’s big cheeses, so most people think it’s a done deal. Not quite…

The presidents of the European Commission and the European Council have signed off on Britain’s EU divorce agreement.

With Ursula von der Leyen and Charles Michel’s formal endorsement, the text will now go to the European Parliament on 29 January for ratification.

Then, on Thursday next week, diplomats from the EU member states will approve the deal in writing, ensuring Britain’s orderly departure at midnight on 31 January. – from RTE

As you can see, the timing of the final step for EU ratification of the deal is scheduled just 24 hours in advance of the departure deadline. And if even one of the member state diplomats refuses to sign the deal, it would be dead, and there would be insufficient time to arrange another extension. The resulting No Deal Brexit would be a shock to both the political structure and financial system of the EU (and thus to the US as well). So this Thursday affords a timely opportunity for any person who might want to sabotage the EU and refocus the West on internal matters rather than troublemaking in the Middle East. But does such a person exist?

Funny you should ask…

…from THEfirstNEWS

To trigger a No Deal Brexit and set off the demolition charge that takes down the West’s house of cards, all Putin would have to do is get one of his pals in the West to veto the deal, citing the need to protect the British people from a punishing transition agreement. Hungary’s Orban and the UK’s Johnson top the list of candidates. In fact, a secret deal between the Russians and Johnson would go a long way towards explaining why Farage stood-down his Brexit Party in Tory districts during the last election: “Farage had Russian assurances that Johnson was going to scuttle the ‘bad deal’ at the last minute and go No Deal, so he stepped aside.”

Other options for vetoing the agreement include having Ireland push for an extension to sort out the customs agreement and having Spain retaliate against the UK for not agreeing to return Gibraltar.

One of the reasons the Brexit veto scenario has my attention is what happened in Russia less than two weeks ago…

…from the BBC

The globalist disinfo agents/sites that are assigned to pro-Putin narrative propaganda spun this event as a purge of the mythical West-friendly “Atlantic Integrationists” in the Russian government…



…from Tom Luongo, Russia Insider, and the Faker… err… Saker. Here is an excerpt from the Faker’s article…

I would say that the Eurasian Sovereignists have finally secured their full control over the Russian state and that the demise of the Atlantic Integrationists is now a new fact of life. Since in this new government the only clearly identifiable group besides the Eurasian Sovereignists are the technocrats, this give Russia a much better chance to stand strong and united in the face of an AngloZionist Empire which has now clearly become unpredictable and therefore very dangerous (the murder of Soleimani is the best example of the actions of an Empire which has totally lost any sense of reality).

By narrating a purge of Western agents from Putin’s government, they’ve opened the way for a narrative that says, “Before he brilliantly checkmated the EU Satanists with the Brexit veto, Putin rid his government of the West’s fifth column to minimize blowback from the move within Russia. He also offered his vision of a New World Order to highlight what he hoped to build after the dust settled.” (I’ll get to that NWO part in an upcoming update.) And that last little Sakery nugget about the “Anglo-Zionist Empire” offers Putin’s motivation for targeting the Brexit this week: “He had to move quickly to trip-up the West before events in the Middle East got out of control.”

~ MORE – 29 January 2020 ~

Did the globalists just trumpet a retreat from the planned “March Madness”?…


…from Zero Hedge (top/bottom). Just this morning, I woke to headlines that the Democrats had the votes to bring in witnesses.

We should know whether or not a retreat is on by Saturday. If we end the week with the impeachment trial closed-out, the Brexit achieved with a ratified deal, and hopeful headlines about the Chinese Coronavirus outbreak “beginning to level out,” that’s a very good sign.

~ MORE – 30 January 2020 ~

In another sign of a potential globalist retreat from March, Israel has delayed its annexation of West Bank territory, which was meant to move the Palestinians and other Muslims to violence on Super Bowl Sunday. Here’s how the planned provocation was set in motion…

…from The Hill. Here is an excerpt…

Israel’s government will vote this weekend on annexing 30 percent of the West Bank, a move that comes just after President Trump rolled out his Middle East peace plan.

Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu said he would move forward on Sunday and ask his Cabinet to approve plans to annex West Bank territory, according to The Associated Press…

Despite Palestinians’ opposition to the deal, which Arab neighbors later echoed, the Trump administration said Israel did not need to delay annexation until negotiations are held over the plan.

“Israel does not have to wait at all,” U.S. Ambassador to Israel David Friedman said on a conference call with reporters. “The waiting period would be the time it takes to obtain internal approvals and create the documentation.”

That was Tuesday after the Trump Peace Plan was announced. At some point yesterday, though, the provocation was shelved…

…from AP News. Here is an excerpt…

Israel has postponed a move to annex large parts of the West Bank, a government minister said Wednesday, a day after Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu vowed to quickly act on the Trump administration’s Mideast plan despite fierce Palestinian opposition.

Netanyahu had said the Cabinet would vote Sunday on extending Israeli sovereignty to dozens of Jewish settlements as well as the Jordan Valley, a move that risks provoking a harsh backlash from the Palestinians and the international community.

After some confusion over the change of plan, Washington’s friendly neighborhood “Antichrist,” Jared Kushner, thumped his flaccid pencil on the table to confirm that the annexation is off the table for “several months,” which would carry us to the globalists’ fallback month of September…

…from The Times of Israel. Here is an excerpt…

US Ambassador to Israel David Friedman suggested earlier Wednesday that it may take time before Israel can move forward with annexation plans for the Jordan Valley and any West Bank settlements, stressing that an Israeli-American committee to discuss the exact parameters of the ostensible annexation must be established first before Jerusalem can go ahead with its plans. On Tuesday, by contrast, Friedman had said that Israel was free to start annexing West Bank settlements right away.

If you are a longtime reader, this isn’t the first time you’ve seen the Israelis do a sudden U-turn on their plans, is it? And if the globalists are indeed pushing the delay button again, the US Coronavirus distribution will likely be delayed as well. So maybe people will get to watch this Sunday’s Super Bowl without a side of Coronavirus to go with their chicken wings.


FALSE-FLAG ALERT (29 January 2020): Engineered Viral Pandemic / Super Bowl Attack

Nature of Attack: Nationwide / global distribution of Coronavirus-bearing particles via aircraft and ground gear. The infectious cloud will appear to be a normal fog.

Target of Attack (US): The Super Bowl first, followed by nationwide distribution.

Perpetrators of Attack (US): The US government, but a biological terror attack on the Super Bowl by foreign enemies will be blamed.

Date of Attack: 02/02/2020 or a preceding day (the Miami distribution may have already occurred), with further distributions occurring in the days that follow.

Purpose of Attack: To provide a pretext for locking-down the nation prior to an engineered financial system collapse.

Special Notes:

1) The viral outbreaks will be heavily hyped by the mainstream and controlled alt-media, and crisis actors will be employed to make the virus appear more dangerous than it really is. Actual deaths from the outbreaks should be similar to those of a very bad flu season, but fatality figures may be inflated in press reports. Real mass death would lead to an uncontrollable population, and that is the exact opposite of what the perpetrators wish to achieve.

2) The outbreak will be blamed on a foreign bioterror attack on the Super Bowl, but the attack will not likely be “detected” and publicized until after the game has ended and all the spectators have returned to their homes in cities and towns across the nation. Those cities and towns will then be targeted by aircraft and ground gear, with the local outbreaks blamed on the returned Super Bowl attendees.

3) Watch for aerosol gear to be found in Miami following the Super Bowl. This gear may be seized during a drug bust or other routine law enforcement activity. It will then be passed on to the Department of Homeland Security who will “uncover” the supposed terror attack.

4) Eventually, the Wuhan and Miami “bioterror attacks” will be blamed on the “evil Western globalists” / “Satanists” / “the Deep State” (which is why some controlled alt-media sites are already pointing to the Davos crowd and Bill Gates). To understand why the narrative will turn in that direction, read Understanding the NWO Strategy if you haven’t already.

5) Avoid taking any vaccines that are offered. Given that Bill Gates, the Patron Demon of “Useless Eater” Sterilization, is involved, sterility is likely one of the engineered side effects. There may be life-shortening side effects as well.

6) In the event the globalists proceed with the Miami distribution, it will most likely be done with chemtrail aircraft (which Homeland Security completely ignores in its security preparations). The virus-bearing particles would be added to the daily chemtrail mix, released at altitude, and spread down to the surface collecting water as they go (thus appearing to be a normal clouds and fog). So any aerosol-spraying drones or ground gear discovered after the attack would serve merely as props to be used in spinning the public narrative of a terror attack.

7) There are two ways to infect the 150,000 visitors who will be in Miami for Super Bowl weekend: 1) directly expose the visitors to an infectious cloud, or 2) infect the locals with an infectious cloud prior to the visitors’ arrival, then let the locals transfer the infection to the visitors. Option 2 means that the infectious cloud may have already been released, perhaps in Tuesday’s fog over Miami.

8) As I mentioned in my 23 January update (which is further down this page), one of the potential globalist scripts for early 2020 has the US provoking its enemies — through outrageous actions like the killing of Iran’s Soleimani and the release of a bioweapon in China — into a counter-attack against the US. The Super Bowl attack could be narrated as that counter-attack.

9) In the case of the Wuhan strain of Coronavirus, the mean incubation period (the time from initial contact with the virus to becoming ill) is said to be 7 days. But the infectious period (the time an infected person can start passing it on to others) begins in perhaps 4 days. So if the “dense fog” in Miami on the morning of Tuesday, January 28, constituted an attack with a Coronavirus strain exhibiting similar characteristics to that of the Wuhan strain, it would mean that Miami locals started becoming contagious today, just in time to spread it to the Super Bowl visitors who are in Miami over the weekend. And the Miami locals would start showing symptoms around Tuesday, February 4, after the visitors have flown home on Monday. As it turns out, Tuesday was the perfect day for an infectious fog.

So we might not know till at least Tuesday if a Super Bowl attack has actually occurred.

Other Writings on This Attack (in chronological order):

(27 January 2020) – Tomorrow, I’ll turn my attention to a potential bioweapon release at the Super Bowl using fog as the dispersal mediumsomething the military has already tested right here in the US

The government would seed the pathogen in a morning fog on one of the days leading up to the Super Bowl (or on Super Bowl day itself), but the attack and its patsies would not be “discovered” until the game is over and everyone has gone home to cities and towns all over the nation.

As for the strength of the pathogen, it would be roughly equivalent to a bad flu, so some people will die (just like they do every flu season). But the population will be terrorized by breathless hype in the mainstream and controlled alt-media. The hype will also be fed by images of crisis actors falling down in the streets and being surrounded by people in biohazard suits. (It’s a good time to rent the movie Wag the Dog if you haven’t seen it already.)

The purpose of the attack is to lock down the nation in advance of the engineered financial system collapse. Mass death is not their goal (this time), so don’t have a cow (but do have popcorn). More details to come…

(28 January 2020) – The alert I’m writing on the fog-borne bioweapon distribution here in the US won’t be done till Wednesday morning. But you can get the gist of it in yesterday’s note. Meanwhile, have a look at this…


…from Google Search (top) and the Miami Herald (bottom)

~ MORE ~

From the looks of it, the globalists intend to expose their own false-flag and blame it on the “evil Western globalist elite”


…from Activist Post (top) and the Center for Health Security (bottom)

(Note – 31 January 2020) – I’ve added another update to the bottom of the alert: Occult Signalling connecting Kobe Bryant to “Death,” “Fog,” “Corona C,” “Viral Outbreak,” and the Super Bowl.

It should also be noted that Coronavirus Lineage C is associated with MERS (Middle East respiratory syndrome), so using that variant in the Super Bowl attack will allow them to tie the attack to Iran.

And on the subject of occult signalling, the leadup to the Super Bowl attack is getting ridiculous…

Have a look at this: Kobe & Kanye West Appeared in Nike Commercial Featuring a Helicopter Crash in 2011 (Video) (The commercial shows Kanye’s death due to a ball Kobe sets in motion.)

And this: Kanye West is bringing his Sunday Service Experience to Miami the morning of the Super Bowl

(31 January 2020) – Occult Signalling connecting Kobe Bryant to “Death,” “Fog,” “Corona C,” “Viral Outbreak,” and the Super Bowl

My son enjoys watching YouTube videos of gamers doing playthroughs of his favorite video games, and during lunch yesterday he watched a playthrough of Resident Evil in which the gamers were commiserating over the death of Kobe Bryant. They also talked of the connection they felt to Kobe as Resident Evil gamers due to his poster being in one of the games. That really caught my attention. So after doing a little searching, I tracked down the poster…

…It was in Resident Evil 2.

If you look closely, you can barely make out Kobe’s name in all caps below his shorts, with KOBE in smaller letters on top and BRYANT in larger letters on the bottom. You can make out the T in BRYANT by looking at his shoe (click on the image to enlarge it)…

What’s significant about this is that Resident Evil is a game about a viral outbreak in a place called Raccoon City. I’ve always wondered why they would choose such an odd name for the town, but I may have finally found the answer when I ran across a post that showed the word “Raccoon” is an anagram of “Corona C” (Lineage C of the Coronavirus is linked to bats).

RACCOON
CORONA C

It’s also worth noting that Kobe’s death in a helicopter crash was foreshadowed years earlier in a cartoon

…and the crash was caused by fog.

So “Kobe Bryant” connects to “death” and “fog” (through the helicopter crash) and “viral outbreak” and “Corona C” (through his presence in Resident Evil 2). And can you guess who is being honored at the Super Bowl?

It’s important to note that Lineage C Coronaviruses are associated with MERS (Middle East Respiratory Syndrome)…

…from the American Society for Microbiology website

And MERS has been present in Iran since May of 2014…

…from CIDRAP

This will allow the US government to claim that Iran has had over 5 years to weaponize the Lineage C MERS coronavirus and transport it to their allies in the Americas: Venezuela, Cuba, and the Sinaloa Cartel (among others). And these allies have been smuggling drugs, people, weapons, and other things into Miami for decades. This is how the government will pin the attack on the Iranians (and the Venezuelans and the Cubans and so on and so forth).

(SECONDARY ALERT – 31 January 2020) – Trump is traveling to Mar-a-Lago today. Will he make a surprise appearance at the Super Bowl this Sunday? Will Mar-a-Lago see fog too? This would be a way of faking an “assassination through infection.” Also, he had a meeting at the White House today on human trafficking, and that subject is tied-in to the Chinese massage parlor sex scandal and Mar-a-Lago. With the Senate considering delaying the vote on witnesses till next week, will the Trump sex scandal card finally be played?

(2 February 2020) – I’ve done what I can to deter the Super Bowl attack (if it hasn’t taken place already), so let’s look ahead at What To Watch For This Week

> Watch for a potential Trump sex scandal to rock the news as soon as Monday, February 3. It would involve his personal use of sex-trafficked and (possibly) underaged women.

> Watch for a potential Coronavirus outbreak in Miami as soon as Tuesday, February 4. It would be the first indication that the Super Bowl attack has occurred.

> Watch for a development that will open the way for Jared Kushner to become the Vice President. The development could take 3 forms…

  • Trump is convicted by the Senate on Wednesday, Pence becomes President, and Kushner is named as his Vice President.
  • Trump contracts a Coronavirus infection during his Mar-a-Lago visit this weekend and later dies. Pence then takes over and names Kushner as his VP.
  • Pence resigns after Trump’s Senate acquittal and Trump chooses Kushner as his VP.

I’ll go into more details on all this by Monday morning.

In the meantime, I may close out a few notes on the Super Bowl if I find some time. Here’s one thing that I noticed this morning…

…from The Journal Gazette

This is another indication that Miami is/was targeted for a false-flag attack this weekend to be blamed on Iran and Venezuela (among others): an attack would have potentially infected and killed Maduro’s enemy, which allows the false-flaggers to portray a strong motivation for Venezuela’s supposed participation.

~ MORE ~

Given the Coronavirus’s connection to bats and the occult signalling surrounding Kobe Bryant’s death, which is reminiscent of the Dark Knight movies’ occult signalling of the Sandy Hook and Aurora mass casualty events


…it should be pointed out that Dark Knight movies depicted both a fog attack and a football game attack


…I’ll write more about this if there’s an outbreak in Miami this week.


Globalist Agenda Watch 2020: What to watch for between now and the end of March

2019 hands the pin-pulled grenade to 2020

(1 January 2020) – As we enter the new year, a conflict between Iran-friendly Iraqi militias and the US military is being stirred up to provide a reason to move large formations of US and Saudi Coalition ground forces into Iraq. On one level, this is being done to cut off the “land bridge” between Iran and Syria/Lebanon. On another level, the forces are being positioned to attack Iran or Turkey, depending on how the “End Times” War is scripted to unfold.

Besides this, a number of other grenades have been handed over to 2020, including…

  1. a Brexit that could trigger a financial crisis at the end of this month if it goes hard…

    …from Zero Hedge,
  2. an impeachment (which started in September) that could remove Trump from office and replace him with Mike Pence or Jared Kushner, and
  3. a breakdown in the repo market (which started in September) that can trigger the Next Lehman Moment on any day the globalists choose.

The good news is that the globalists put the pins back in those three grenades (for the moment) in December with BoJo’s election victory, a Democratic threat to withhold the Articles of Impeachment, and a massive Fed bailout of the year-end repo market. They also disposed of the US government shutdown grenade (which was scheduled to go off early this year) when they passed a budget that keeps the government funded through September. So the globalists may already be backing off from a March climax, but we’ll have to watch their fingers carefully.

Zooming out to the big picture level, 2020 will be a year of juggling timetables and Schrodinger’s minions. As the globalists make scripting choices and events unfold…

Which of at least four different prophecy fulfillment timetables will we find ourselves in?

Will Boris Johnson turn out to be the Betrayer of the Brexit, the British Vindex to Farage’s Galba, or Farage’s more palatable replacement as the globalists’ controlled opposition leader in the UK?…

Will Donald Trump turn out to be the Destroyer of the “Deep State,” the Antichrist of this Tribulation, or worm food?…

Will Jared Kushner turn out to be the Antichrist of this Tribulation, or will the class he took in “The Devil’s Advocate Style of Photo Posing” turn out to have been for naught?…

Similar questions can be asked about Xi, Erdogan, and others.

If the globalists set off their grenades early this year, we might see some rather earthshaking events by the end of March. But if I and others do our jobs correctly, we may see the grenades go back in their holsters for a while. Such a delay would take the form of massive QE from the central banks (to hold off the climax till September or next March) or a G20 agreement on across-the-board debt reduction (to hold off for a couple of years).

A year’s worth of details to follow…


Globalist Scripting Options for Turkey’s Erdogan
(from The 2019 Archive 2)

(14 October 2019) – For the past several years, Syria has been the main stage on which the characters of the globalists’ prophecy fulfillment show have played out their roles. And on the Islamic side of the prophecy fulfillment program, there are two main characters: the evil Al-Masih ad-Dajjal (the Muslim false messiah) and the Mahdi (the Muslim messiah). These characters are not featured in the Koran, only in the hadith (teachings that are ascribed to Muhammad by other men), so they are not legitimate aspects of Islam; they’re the false teachings of men who had their own agendas.

In the 2016 attempt at the prophecy fulfillment climax, it looked like the globalists had tapped Erdogan to play the Dajjal. Turkey invaded Syria in late August of 2016 in the area near Dabiq, where ISIS had planned its apocalyptic battle. The script was to have Erdogan’s forces enter Dabiq in September and defeat the decoy Dajjal, ISIS’ Abu Bakr al-Baghdadi, so he could pretend to be the real Mahdi, but the globalists retreated from their plans and Dabiq’s later fall became a footnote.

Even today, Erdogan remains the most likely candidate to play the Dajjal, but the globalists have also opened up the possibility that he could play the Mahdi, with the ISIS leader taking over the role of the Dajjal. To help you see this clearly, I’ve laid out the two scripting options in this table…

If Erdogan remains cast as the still-active Dajjal, he will attack the Mahdi (Qasem Soleimani) and Isa/Jesus (Vladimir Putin) and be defeated. This is what would bring a full-on Turkish War.

And if Erdogan gets slightly recast as the already-defeated Dajjal, he will help Isa/Jesus (Putin) defeat the “Satanic” West and then be cast aside by the Turkish military when he’s no longer needed. I’m sure they’ll leave a twenty on his dresser; it’s common courtesy.

But if Erdogan gets recast as the Mahdi, he will help Isa/Jesus (Putin) defeat the “Satanic” West, and he’ll also defeat the Dajjal (Abu Bakr al-Baghdadi). In this case, all the talk of impending war between Turkey and Syria/Russia/Iran will be attributed to “strategic deception” that Putin, Erdogan, Khamenei and Trump used to achieve their shocking victory. After all, if Erdogan wasn’t playing the “bad cop” to the Kurds, they wouldn’t have run to the “good cop” (Putin) for protection.

So now that we’ve done this refresher on the background information, we’ll look more closely at the three options for Erdogan I mentioned last night, and we’ll see how each choice would affect the script.

~ MORE ~

The globalists’ first option for Erdogan is to cast him as the still-active Muslim Dajjal who has been playing East and West against each other as he pursued his own goals. Under this scripting, Erdogan’s 2016 pivot towards Russia will be explained as a shrewd adjustment he made after Russia intervened in the Syrian War with its air power in late 2015. “Realizing that Russia now posed a major threat to his plans for expansion into Syria and towards Israel,” the NWO historians would say, “Erdogan set about making trade and arms deals with Russia so they’d be hesitant to confront and expel the Turkish presence in northern Syria.”

Now that Trump is finally withdrawing American troops from Syria, which have been the main impediment to Erdogan’s expansion plans, “Erdogan the (still-active) Dajjal” has a free hand to betray his commitments to both Trump and Putin, knowing that Trump will respond with only economic sanctions and Putin has far too few forces in Syria to stop the full weight of the Turkish military (and Turkey can inhibit reinforcement and resupply of Russian forces in Syria by closing Turkish airspace and the Turkish Straits).

To read more about Erdogan’s casting as the Dajjal, scroll down this page to The NWO Schedule of Implementation 2019, and read the section on the globalists’ religious goals. And to see what shape the Turkish War would take, read the Turkish War Warning sections in The 2019 Archive.

~ MORE ~

The globalists’ second option for Erdogan is to cast him as the already-defeated Muslim Dajjal who was outmaneuvered by Putin and now serves as a sock puppet for the Eurasian Integrationist Turkish military. Under this scripting, Putin’s late-2015 airpower intervention in Syria was just Phase 1 of his plan to defeat the “Satanic” West in Syria. Phase 2 was a joint operation with the Iranians to reach out to Eastern-friendly officers in the Turkish military and help them take control of both the armed forces and Erdogan. This reversed Turkey’s geopolitical orientation in 2016 and stripped vital support from the anti-Assad effort.

Here is something I wrote about this second Erdogan option back on 21 March (from The 2019 Archive)…

…what first alerted me to it was a Zero Hedge article titled CIA Is Conspiring With ISIS, Turning Syrian Refugee Camps Into ISIS Hotbeds, which contained a passage that caught my eye…

>>> An interesting observation is that the media of the country [Turkey], which in the previous years of war, used to conspire with ISIS allowing its foreign recruits to enter Syria and buying smuggled oil from the terrorists, has now become one of the most active exposers of the alleged US ties with ISIS elements. <<<

This change in Turkey’s portrayal of ISIS happened after Erdogan did his big U-turn towards Russia, and I’ve previously noted that the change in policy meant that Erdogan will be scripted as either being cornered and defeated by Putin and Soleimani or being switched to a different character in the End Times drama. So seeing the passage in the Zero Hedge article got me looking around for more narrative support propaganda. This is what I found…

…from Ahval. Here is an excerpt…

>>> Turkish politics demonstrates the immense influence of Eurasianist deep-state elements which control the Turkish military while temporarily tolerating and supporting President Recep Tayyip Erdogan

These deep-state elements are using the power of Erdogan to convince Islamist-conservative grassroots groups in Turkish politics of the necessity of the current political course…

Erdogan and his inner circle had to “abandon the successful negotiation process with Kurdish separatists for a political solution to the problem and give up their pro-Western foreign policy orientation, including its democratisation side effects,”…

This lead to a criminalising of all former allies of Erdogan, including liberals, Kurds and Gulenists.

“The anti-Western faction in the Turkish military maximized its power and dismissed large numbers of military personnel of all ranks – almost 50 percent of all generals and admirals of Turkish forces and about 18,000 high, middle and low-ranking officers – after the 2016 coup attempt. Currently, the reactivated deep-state military personnel are in key positions in the Turkish armed forces,”

Erdogan and his inner circle do not reflect the real power constellation in Turkey.

In looking for answers to questions such as “can Erdogan alone control the powerful Turkish military? Why did Erdogan terminate the “Solution Process” with the Kurds? It was his greatest project and the biggest risk of his entire political career. Why did he change course in Syria and in Turkey’s general foreign policy orientation? Why did he decide to develop a strategic partnership with Russia? Why did he purge so many soldiers in the Turkish military and bureaucracy?’’ one is forced to consider Erdogan’s new deep-state partners… <<<

So as you can see, the Ahval article suggests that Erdogan was politically outmaneuvered and is essentially a captive president to the now pro-Russian Turkish military. In other words, the article hints at how the “Dajjal” (Erdogan) was defeated by the “Moshiach” (Putin) and “Mahdi” (Soleimani). The NWO narrative of how it all went down will probably sound something like this…

“As the defeat of Damascus grew close, the Mahdi reached out to the Moshiach to intervene with the power of the air. The Moshiach did this. And while he was stopping and reversing the Satanist victory in Syria, he was also reaching out to friendly elements in the Turkish military in order to topple the Dajjal’s kingdom from within.

On June 27, 2016, the Dajjal was defeated by a secret military coup, choosing to surrender and cooperate rather than be toppled. The Turkish military then simulated a public coup 20 days later, after which the Dajjal followed the orders he was given to arrest the Satanic West-leaning elements of the Turkish government and military, thus helping facilitate the victory of the Moshiach and Mahdi.”

This, then, is the globalist story of how the “Dajjal” was peacefully defeated. But there is another variation of the story that would narrate Erdogan as the “Mahdi.” I’ll write about it later.

~ MORE ~

The globalists’ third option for Erdogan is to cast him as the Mahdi, who infiltrated and then defeated the Gulenist Deep State in order to join forces with Putin. Under this scripting, Erdogan was not the target of a Eurasian Integrationist uprising; he was the instigator of it. And like all the other globalist messiahs (Trump, Netanyahu, Putin, Xi, Modi), he went along with the plans of his evil “Deep State” until he was able to amass enough power to turn against them and defeat them.

Here is what I wrote about this option back on 3 April (from The 2019 Archive)…

Back on 21 March, I wrote about Erdogan being set up to play the defeated “Dajjal” in the globalists’ prophecy fulfillment stage play. But I also wrote…

“…there is another variation of the story that would narrate Erdogan as the ‘Mahdi’; I’ll write about it later.”

Now that it’s later, I thought I’d cover the subject quickly so it doesn’t come as a surprise if they attempt it.

In order to explain-away Trump and Putin’s connections to organized crime, the NWO propagandists are going to say that the two had to play along with the corrupted powers-that-be in order to get into a strong enough position to start counteracting them. And in Erdogan’s case, they can do the same. They can say that he played along with the Western Satanist leaders and their ISIS plans until he got into a strong enough position to join forces with the Eurasianists in the Turkish military and purge Western influences from his country.

So if the globalists go with this rescripting of Erdogan, they will point to ISIS leader Abu Bakr al-Baghdadi as the “Dajjal” and to Erdogan as the “Mahdi.” They’ll say…

“al-Baghdaid was a Satanic figure who attempted to build a demonic Caliphate and present himself as the Mahdi, but his forces were defeated in Dabiq by the forces of Erdogan, the True Mahdi.”

But if they stick with the original 2016 scripting for Erdogan, they will point to al-Baghdadi as the “decoy Dajjal,” to Erdogan as the “real Dajjal,” and to Soleimani as the “real Mahdi.” They’ll say…

“Erdogan recruited al-Baghdadi to play the role of the decoy Dajjal so he could defeat him at Dabiq and present himself as the Mahdi. But the True Mahdi (Soleimani) teamed up with Isa (Putin) to defeat his plans.”

Let’s see which way they go with it.

~ MORE – 15 October 2019 ~

In my forecast from last December, I wrote about two Turkish moves that haven’t yet materialized…

  • a violent Islamist intifada in Europe – If counter-provoked in Syria or in the Cyprus EEZ, Erdogan will call out the Islamist goons he’s stationed all over Europe (with the help of the Western royals and governments).
  • a 3-million migrant invasion of Europe out of Turkey – Erdogan has already threatened to release the 3-4 million refugees in Turkey into Europe, so he’s just waiting for the script to provide the justification to do so (in Syria, off Cyprus, or with a Turkish financial collapse).

These moves will remain in play if the globalists are casting Erdogan as the still-active Dajjal and we’re on the War Path, but will both moves disappear if we’re on the Peace Path? Perhaps not. Even under the Peace Path, the globalists may have Erdogan stage the migrant invasion for two reasons…

Reason 1) It is the only thing that can motivate complacent Europeans to join the populist uprising and topple the “Satanist” governments of Western Europe (who will force the new migrants down their peoples’ throats). So the migrant invasion would go forward under the rationale that “it’s necessary in order to topple the current Western European Establishment, and it’s far less damaging than a military invasion.”

Reason 2) A second Muslim invasion that further overwhelms “Christian civilization” is something an antichrist would do, and in Phase 2 of the globalist prophecy fulfillment program, the globalist messiahs (including Putin and “Mahdi Erdogan”) will be portrayed as antichrists. See Ken’s Collected Writings on the Globalist Prophecy Fulfillment Deception for more information on that.


Trump’s Fate Will Mirror Netanyahu’s

(15 December 2019) – Netanyahu’s political party, Likud, is scheduled to hold a leadership primary on December 26. In it, the party will decide whether to continue on with Netanyahu as their leader or replace him with Gideon Sa’ar, who has been tapped by the globalists to play the role of an Israeli “Deep State” agent and a Judas to Netanyahu.

Under current conditions, Netanyahu can be expected to win the primary, so we need to watch for a development between now and the 26th that will change that — a development that will convince Likud to set aside their traditional loyalty to their leader in order to avoid losing the March 2 election. Here are a few forms the development could take:

  • a pre-primary public debate between Netanyahu and Sa’ar in which Sa’ar comes out looking like the clear winner,
  • a deal or the hint of a deal between the Religious Zionist factions and the Lieberman faction that they will form an independent bloc that might bypass Netanyahu after the March 2 election, and/or
  • the eruption of a new Netanyahu scandal, such as new criminal charges or a black swan event (like a false-flag) that makes it look like Netanyahu was trying to rally the party and the nation behind him.

If Netanyahu loses the primary, his time as Prime Minister will supposedly end once a new government is formed after the March 2 election. And since the globalist scriptwriters have intertwined Netanyahu and Trump’s fates, Netanyahu’s primary loss will also signal a pending loss for Trump in the Senate impeachment trial. I suspect the globalists are scripting a climax point in early March at which Trump and Netanyahu will either mass-arrest their “Deep States” or be deposed by them.

To ensure that Trump’s Senate impeachment trial will end about the same time as Israel’s March 2 election, look for both Trump and the Senate Democrats to call witnesses that will keep it dragging on for two months. The trial will be a grand public spectacle in which the Democrats will present a case against Trump that looks very weak in the public eye, while Trump’s case against the Democrats will look clear, convincing, and compelling. And once the public has seen all this, the trial will end with either the mass arrests or Trump’s fall. According to the script, mass arrests would mean “the end of the Great Tribulation period” and Trump & Netanyahu’s fall would mean “we’re still in the midst of the Great Tribulation.”


The Globalist Gameplan for Early 2020
& A Note on Erdogan, Putin, and the Libyan Situation

(16 December 2019) – Given what I know about the globalists’ objectives and how they are currently positioning their chess pieces, it’s not difficult to divine their preferred scenario for 2020. It is to script the “Great Tribulation” to a close in March and launch the reformed UN/NWO by the end of either March or September. Here is my first rough draft of what will happen between now and then (unless their plan is abandoned due to exposure)…

> There will be a New Lehman Shock to the global economy between now and March. This will demolish the existing global financial system so Xi Jinping can step forward to save the day in March (by offering some of China’s vast and underreported gold holdings to back a new global currency, the SDR/”Phoenix”). The price of Xi’s intervention will be increased representation for China and the BRICS in the IMF and UN.

> There will be a lengthy impeachment trial in the US Senate that will become a political apocalypse (“apocalypse” = “a Greek word meaning ‘revelation,’ an unveiling or unfolding of things not previously known and which could not be known apart from the unveiling.”). The globalists will do this so the public will know why the “bad guys” deserve to be arrested.

> There will be mass arrests of the “Deep States” around the world that may or may not be preceded by a momentary fall of some or all of the NWO hero figures (Trump, Netanyahu, Modi, Xi, Putin, et al.). Such a fall would immediately precede the outbreak of a lightning-fast armed conflict that would include the invasion of Israel and a US-Russia nuclear confrontation. The conflict would be abruptly stopped by the appearance of UFOs from the US Secret Space Program / Space Command in skies around the world.

The reason the globalists may script a short “Deep State” victory and war is to show the public — rather than just tell the public — “how evil the bad guys really are” (and why they deserve to be arrested). The deposed NWO heroes would then return to their offices under the protection of the Space Force and mass arrest the bad guys. An additional benefit offered by this scenario is that it will help cushion the blow of the (fake) “ET Disclosure” to come by showing the public that humans possess UFO technology too (meaning we have some ability to defend ourselves, so “we’re not helpless in the face of the ETs”).

If the globalists script a “clean” victory for the NWO heroes (with no new war breaking out), the NWO historians will point to the past several years of worldwide conflict between the West and East as being the “Gog/Magog War.” They’ll say that the War was prevented from getting out of hand by cooperation among the NWO heroes orchestrated by Vladimir Putin.

Speaking of Putin, you may have heard that he’s backing the Haftar forces in Libya while Erdogan is backing the current Libyan government, with Erdogan threatening to militarily intervene in the battle. On the surface, this has the appearance of Erdogan going against Putin in Libya, and if Erdogan is ultimately cast as the still-active Dajjal, it will be scripted that way. It seems more likely, though, that Erdogan (cast as the Mahdi or the defeated-and-captive Dajjal) is propping up one side while Putin props up the other in order to set the stage for “the hero” Putin to broker a peaceful compromise between the two, just like it was done in Syria.

All hail Putin, the Bratva Prince of Peace and Future Emperor of the World! 😛


Watch for the Destruction of Rome and the Fall of the Catholic Church

(18 December 2019) – Something notable happened at the Vatican yesterday…

…from the Independent

Seeing this reminded me of when Soviet leader Gorbachev instituted “glasnost” (openness) in the USSR. It was one of the policies, along with “perestroika” (restructuring), that facilitated the dissolution of the Soviet Empire. So given the fact that prophecy propagandists like Tom Horn have identified Pope Francis as “Petrus Romanus” (the final Pope) and have fostered expectations regarding the fulfillment of a Kabbalist prophecy that Rome will be destroyed during a Vatican conclave, the Pope’s new glasnost policy may have just set in motion the final dissolution of the Roman Catholic Church.

Should the globalists stay on course for a March climax, we can expect the Vatican to soon call a conclave that gathers all the Catholic cardinals together in Rome (to be slaughtered). As for the stated reason for gathering “all the (Catholic) Kings of the Earth” together in January, February, or March, here are three candidates I can think of off the top of my head…

  1. to announce a restructuring of the Church (perestroika) aimed at “protecting children” and improving other aspects of Church operations,
  2. to allow Pope Francis to tender his resignation before all the world’s cardinals, or
  3. to hold an emergency interfaith (Chrislamic) meeting with Muslim leaders to address a growing Christian vs. Muslim crisis that will develop early next year.

Whatever the reason used for the gathering, the globalist (Kabbalist) objective will be to fulfill the “Destruction of Rome” prophecy and complete their revenge for the Spanish Inquisition. To better understand the Kabbalists’ beef against the Church, read How the Kabbalist Jews took over the Roman Catholic Church through the Jesuit Order.

~ MORE – 20 December 2019 ~

As for how Rome will be destroyed, the prophecy calls for “fiery stones” to do the deed, and there are at least three methods the globalists could use to achieve the desired result…

Method 1 – Use warheads from a false-flag missile attack out of Lebanon (fired by Israel and blamed on Iran). For details on how this would work, go to The 2019 Archive and use your browser’s find feature to skip to Israel’s Tunnels into Lebanon & Their Planned Missile Attack on Europe.

Method 2 – Use rocks thrown by a deliberate, directional release of volcanic pressure from the Colli Albani volcano complex. For details on this, go to The 2019 Archive and find The Globalist Plot to Destroy Rome This Month.

(Methods 1&2 were in play during the Vatican conclave on child sex abuse this past February, which was scheduled under the “Blood Moons” prophecy timetable that was in effect going into this past March. If you want to know about the Blood Moons timetable, go to The 2019 Archive and find Globalist Agenda Watch 2019: What to watch for between now and the end of March. We’re on a different timetable now of course.)

Method 3 – Use meteors (space rocks or tungsten rods) that are nudged/launched by advanced aerospace vehicles. Assuming the globalists do indeed have “UFOs” based on revolutionary sequestered technologies, it is a simple matter for them to fly out to an asteroid and nudge it onto a certain course or lift tungsten rods into space and release them at high speed along a path to a target. Since natural space rocks are irregular in shape, the rods would more likely be used (to ensure accuracy).

On a related note, my most annoying reader has struck again. Yesterday, he sent me a link to this…

…from the Express

So Tom Horn’s prophecy propaganda is being spread in the mainstream now, and it appears that a 2020 Papal resignation is indeed in the cards (for the time being). But there’s also something else in the cards (which is also from Tom Horn’s prophecy propaganda operation)…

A world ruled through artificial intelligence isn’t a futuristic dream. It’s an imminent event. According to Ray Kurzweil, a computer will pass the Turing Test in 2029 – right when Dr. Thomas Horn says asteroid Apophis will fulfill the WORMWOOD prophecy of Revelation chapter 8 and impact Earth. Is it just a coincidence that the technology that could give life to the Image of the Beast arrives parallel to this mid-Tribulation event? – from Skywatch TV

After seeing this reference to the mid-Tribulation being in 2029, I did some checking. And I found that such a timing matches perfectly with the “Trump as Western Antichrist” option I wrote about earlier this year. So the globalists might be throwing us a curveball in March. I’m currently working on an update that will explain everything. I hope to have it finished by Monday.


Why the Globalists Might Recast Trump as the Western (decoy) Antichrist

(21 December 2019) – Whilst doing some research after my Wednesday entry on Rome and the Catholic Church, I ran across this article on Skywatch TV

Lately, I’ve been noticing prophecy disinfo agents Tom Horn and Steve Quayle giving a heavy focus to the Wormwood prophecy, but I hadn’t paid it any mind until I saw this blurb below the headline…

A world ruled through artificial intelligence isn’t a futuristic dream. It’s an imminent event. According to Ray Kurzweil, a computer will pass the Turing Test in 2029 – right when Dr. Thomas Horn says asteroid Apophis will fulfill the WORMWOOD prophecy of Revelation chapter 8 and impact Earth. Is it just a coincidence that the technology that could give life to the Image of the Beast arrives parallel to this mid-Tribulation event?

Seeing Horn refer to 2029 as the “mid-Tribulation” point got me thinking. And after doing a little math, I found that a 2029 timing for the middle point of the Tribulation period would fit perfectly with the “Trump as Western Antichrist” scenario I covered earlier this year…

(from 18 May 2019) – After running across this hit piece on Trump on a “Christian” site this morning, I decided to look into a few things to see if they might be recasting him as the Western Antichrist next year. As my longtime readers know (and as you can read here), the globalists started Barack Obama’s 7-year Antichrist timeline by having him sit as the President of the UN Security Council in September of 2009. And 3.5 years later on March 22 (3/22), 2013, they had him “stand in the Holy Place” (Christ’s birthplace), which identified him as the Antichrist.

Upon looking into Trump’s history at the UN, I found that he sat as the President of the UN Security Council in September of 2018. So if they decide to rescript him as the Antichrist next year…

  • he’ll be reelected,
  • he’ll help rebuild the Third Temple on the Temple Mount in Jerusalem, and
  • he’ll “stand in the Holy Place (of the Third Temple)” in March of 2022 (3/22), 3.5 years after his UNSC presidency.

Can you guess which subject both Obama and Trump addressed when they sat as UNSC President? Nuclear non-proliferation (Obama, Trump). So having Trump cancel the nuclear treaties with Iran and Russia could be the globalists positioning him to bring us to the brink of all-out nuclear war, from which Putin & Friends will save us. Putin’s victory over Trump would then happen as late as September of 2025.

So if you look at the timing of “Trump as the Western (decoy) Antichrist” scenario…

September of 2018 was the symbolic beginning of his 7-year global reign.

And if we count forward one 42-month (3.5 year) prophecy cycle,
September 2018 + 3 years = September 2021 + 6 months = March 2022, so

March of 2022 will be the month he’ll stand in the “holy place” of the Third Temple in Jerusalem and be recognized as the (decoy) antichrist.

And if we count forward another 3.5 year prophecy cycle,
March 2022 + 3 years = March 2025 + 6 months = September 2025, so

September of 2025 will be the month he’ll be defeated by the “fake messiah / real Antichrist,” ending his 7-year reign as the decoy antichrist and beginning the 7-year reign of the “real Antichrist.” So the first 7-year Tribulation will end and the second will begin. and the “real Antichrist” of the second Tribulation might still be played by Putin (with fake “ET” backing) or by an “alien messiah.”

And if we count forward another 3.5 year prophecy cycle,
September 2025 + 3 years = September 2028 + 6 months = March 2029, so

March of 2029, which is right before the asteroid Apophis is scripted to hit the Earth on 13 April 2029, will mark the beginning of the AI Beast System to which the Skywatch TV article refers. And why would humanity hand over control of the world to an AI? – In order to optimally manage the preparations for the asteroid strike and the relief efforts after it hits. But I’ll write about that later.

And if we count forward one more 3.5 year prophecy cycle,
March 2029 + 3 years = March 2032 + 6 months = September 2032, so

September of 2032 will be the month the globalists roll out their Kabbalah Christ / “real Jesus” to defeat the Antichrist.

~ MORE – 22 December 2019 ~

The “Trump as Antichrist” timetable I showed you yesterday was based on 2029 being a “mid-Tribulation” year like the Skywatch TV article’s blurb suggests. Today, I’ll show you a “Trump as Antichrist” timetable based on Apophis’s arrival occurring in the MIDDLE OF “THE GREAT TRIBULATION” like the article’s title suggests. So first, let me explain the difference between “the Tribulation” and “the Great Tribulation” according to globalist prophecy dogma…

“The Tribulation” is a 7-year period of difficulty consisting of two 42-month prophecy cycles. At the beginning of the first prophecy cycle (year 0), a messiah enters the world stage to save humanity from a horrible situation (which was deliberately engineered by the messiah’s globalist masters).

“The Great Tribulation” is the second 42-month prophecy cycle of “the Tribulation,” and it is a time of great difficulty. At its beginning (year 3.5), that messiah does something to show he’s a false-messiah, and he takes the gloves off and things get rough. He is later defeated by the “real” messiah at the end of the prophecy cycle (year 7).

So the unqualified term “Tribulation” refers to the full 7-year period, and the term “Great Tribulation” refers to the second half of that 7 years.

In order to fulfill the prophecy expectations they’ve drilled into Christians through their control of Christian media and eschatological doctrine, the globalists will be taking us through TWO Tribulation periods. The First Tribulation will provide Christians with the “Satanic Deception” they’ve been trained to expect [by having a false messiah (Putin) defeat a decoy antichrist (Trump) in order to pose as the “real messiah”]. And the Second Tribulation will provide the “real Second Coming of Christ” that Christians have also been trained to expect [by having a globalist-chosen “real messiah” (probably a GMO human we haven’t yet seen) defeat the false messiah (Putin)]. The whole globalist prophecy fulfillment program will therefore take 14 years (if done strictly by the book).

That being said, I’ve noticed plenty of narrative support for another 14-year timetable which would have…

  • September of 2016 be the start of the First Tribulation,
  • March of 2020 be the start of the First Great Tribulation,
  • September of 2023 be the end of the First Tribulation and the beginning of the Second,
  • March of 2027 be the start of the Second Great Tribulation, and
  • September 2030 be the end of the Second Tribulation.

Under this timetable, then, the Second Great Tribulation would begin in March 2027 and end 42 months later in September 2030. The 13 April 2019 arrival of Apophis would therefore fall on the 25th month of the prophecy cycle, a little past the MIDDLE OF “THE GREAT TRIBULATION” like the Skywatch TV headline suggests.

Should the globalists attempt to implement this timetable, these are the events they’ll use to mark the important months:

September of 2016, the start of the (First) Tribulation, was marked by…

So the globalists can say that “September of 2016 was the month the false messiah Trump ascended the world political stage offering to save America and the world from Hillary Clinton and the war-mongering Deep State.” They can also say that “on the month of his ascension, the ‘real messiah’ Putin was almost assassinated and Israel’s last reasonable statesman was killed.” Have a look at what the prophecy propagandists said about Peres’s death…

…from Breaking Israel News. Here is an excerpt…

In a rare gathering, a multitude of world leaders will be arriving in Jerusalem on Friday for the funeral of Israeli statesman, Shimon Peres. The number and prominence of world leaders in attendance is staggering, but even more startling is how this conforms precisely to Biblical prophecies…

Rabbi Yosef Berger, rabbi of the Tomb of David on Mount Zion in Jerusalem, told Breaking Israel News that not only is the gathering significant, but the timing, he said, is, “the opening to Gog and Magog, and the final stages before Messiah”.

So there are sufficient grounds for the globalists to narrate the start of (First) Tribulation as occurring that month.

March of 2020, the start of the (First) Great Tribulation, will be marked by

  • Trump and the Deep State provoking America’s supposed “enemies” (Russia, China, North Korea, Iran, Venezuela, Cuba, et al.) into launching a massive attack against the US, and
  • Trump and/or Kushner traveling to Israel to “stand in the holy place” and thereby be revealed as the (decoy) antichrist.

Once America is attacked by the “communist forces of the world” in early 2020, Trump and the Deep State will pull out their trump card in March: US Secret Space Program / Space Force UFOs will suddenly appear all over the world and put a dead stop to the attack. The most advanced weapons possessed by the “communist attackers” will be absolutely useless against the Space Force craft, and the offending nations will be utterly defenseless against an American counterattack, which won’t come. What will come instead is what I wrote about in an update from earlier this year, which I’ve edited today to reflect my increased understanding of what the globalists have planned…

(from 26 June 2019, edited 22 December 2019) – In the past, the thing that kept me from considering Trump as an antichrist candidate was this: after all the bad press and ridicule he’s received, how can the rest of the world possibly take him seriously enough to follow him into a New World Order? As it turns out, the Secret Space Program (SSP) and its technologies provide the answer.

Once he unveils the SSP, the conventional militaries of the world, including Russia’s and China’s, will be rendered utterly impotent. Trump will stand astride the world like a colossus, and resistance against him will be futile. And since the unveiling will likely happen amidst a global economic meltdown, access to the SSP technologies will hold the key for moving the nations out of desperate poverty into almost instant abundance.

Faced with the choice of rooting around in the mud like starving monkeys or joining a high-tech global paradise, the nations of the world will sign-on to any national and international reforms Trump requires of them.

Of course, Trump’s assignment to play the decoy antichrist of the First Tribulation means that the NWO into which he’ll lead the world is the “evil” Western unilateral/unipolar NWO, which will stand till the end of the First Tribulation. The “benevolent” multilateral/multipolar NWO has always been scripted to appear in the Second Tribulation when the “real antichrist” defeats the decoy and poses as Christ.

Once the US Space Force takes control of the world’s skies, Trump and/or Kushner will take a victory lap by traveling to Israel. And while there, Trump and/or Kushner will stand in one of three “holy places” to be identified as the (decoy) antichrist…

  1. in the spot where Jesus was supposedly born, the Church of the Nativity, which is where Obama stood when he fulfilled the requirement,
  2. in a spot on the Temple Mount in Jerusalem that will later be identified as the spot where the holy place of the First and Second Temples stood, or
  3. in a Jewish tabernacle (a temporary tent temple) on the Temple Mount.

Here is an interesting bit of preparatory propaganda about the third option…

This raises the question as to precisely when the temple will be rebuilt. The Bible does not reveal the answer to this question. All it says for certain is that the temple will be in existence when the Antichrist reveals himself (2 Thessalonians 2:3-4), and that will be in the middle of the Tribulation (Daniel 9:27). Since this will be only three and a half years into the Tribulation, many have concluded that the temple will likely be rebuilt before the Tribulation begins, because how could such a magnificent building be constructed in such a short period of time?

But this conclusion overlooks the fact that the temple can be literally resurrected overnight! That’s because the Jews plan to erect a tent temple like the Tabernacle of Moses, and they are ready to do so at any moment. Everything has been prepared. Once this temporary temple is put up, they will resume the sacrifices and then start building a more permanent structure around and above the temporary one. – from christinprophecy.org

Interestingly, I recently heard on a prophecy propaganda show that archaeologists are about to open a chamber where they believe Moses’ original tabernacle was stored. So if you hear of such a discovery between now and March, it would be an early sign that we’re on this timetable.

Of course, the First Tribulation & First Great Tribulation would end 3.5 years after next March, in September of 2023. That’s when either Putin or a substitute “alien” savior would arrive with an “ET” fleet to defeat the US Space Force, end Trump’s unilateral/unipolar NWO, and bring in the multilateral/multipolar NWO to start the Second Tribulation. But I’ll write about that and later parts of the timetable in my next addition.

There is much, much more to come. And if you are a new reader, the coming writings will bring you up to speed with all this, so don’t fret if you currently don’t understand everything I’m saying.


Chabad Rabbi Greets Trump as a Jewish King
(+ a repost of “Israel’s Chief Sephardic Rabbi confirms Putin is a Jew” &
How the Kabbalists Will Use Trump/Kushner’s “Legacy” to Drive All Jews to Israel)

(23 December 2019) – According to Jewish law, there are two ways a Jew can greet a king or head of state, and the way you choose is based on whether the king is a Jew or not:

When a Jew greets a king who is a Jew, he says…
Barukh.shenathan mik’vodo levasar vedam, “Blessed be He … who gave some of His glory to flesh and blood.”

And when greeting a king who isn’t a Jew, he says…
Barukh…… shenathan mik’vdo liv’ru’av, “who gave some of His glory to His creatures.”

That being said, Trump attended a meeting of Orthodox Jews while he was in New York last month, and he was greeted by a Chabad rabbi who addressed him as a Jewish king (in a way that only a Jew “in the know” would detect). If you listen to the last two words of the greeting, you’ll clearly hear “levasar vedam,” not “mik’vdo liv’ru’av.”

Whether Trump is actually Jewish or not is irrelevant, but what is relevant is that Chabad are now presenting him as a Jew, which means he’s eligible to pose as the Jewish Messiah / Christian Antichrist this March. The Jewish Messiah, who is known as the “Moshiach ben David,” has to be a Jew who can trace his lineage back to King David, and you can be certain that Chabad has cooked up just such a pedigree for Trump. So under the globalist script’s “Trump as Antichrist” option, he will pose as the Moshiach ben David with Chabad’s help. And he’ll then be defeated 3.5 years later by the “real” Moshiach ben David, Vladimir Putin.

Speaking of Putin, here is a related entry I wrote in March of 2016…

Israel’s Chief Sephardic Rabbi confirms Putin is a Jew

A reader put me on to this meeting between Putin and leading rabbis…
putinjewkingmtg

…and here is an Israeli headline from that time…
putinjewking
…The accompanying article offers a most remarkable passage…

>>> Rabbi Yosef began by saying “according to the Jewish tradition, your leadership is decided by the kingdom of G-d, King of the world, and therefore we bless you: Blessed is the One who gave of His glory to flesh and blood.” – From Arutz Sheva <<<

To understand the significance of this greeting by Rabbi Yosef, let’s look to this article
rayapple

…which was written by this man…
rayapplebio
…From Wikipedia

Here are two key excerpts…
rayapple2
rayapple3

So according to Jewish tradition, the specific blessing one gives to a Jewish king — which is worded differently than the specific blessing for a gentile king — is “Blessed be He … who gave some of His glory to flesh and blood.” And the rabbis greeted Putin with “Blessed is the One who gave of His glory to flesh and blood.” If Putin were actually a gentile, they would have instead greeted him with “Blessed is the One who gave of His glory to His creatures.”

This is the first confirmation that the rabbis know Putin to be a Jew. Here’s the second confirmation…

According to Jewish thought (and Rabbi Apple’s article), a Jewish king is appointed by God, and the rabbis greeted Putin with “according to the Jewish tradition, your leadership is decided by the kingdom of G-d.”

Assuming the Arutz Sheva article is accurate, Rabbi Yosef has provided us with official confirmation that Putin is not just a Jew, but a Jewish king.

How the Kabbalists Will Use Trump/Kushner’s “Legacy” to Drive All Jews to Israel

(24 December 2019) – It is important to realize that the globalists have been using their social engineering apparatus, including the engineered “Truth Movement,” to deliberately foster worldwide hatred of Jews. This engineered Jew-hate (commonly called “anti-Semitism”) is being used to motivate the diaspora to return to Israel in order to fulfill prophecy expectations and concentrate them for final disposal.

At the end of the 14-year prophecy fulfillment program, the globalist intend to have the world united under the religion of (Neo) Christianity, so anyone who might oppose this Kabbalized reboot of the Christian religion will be targeted for culling during the prophecy fulfillment process (especially during the latter part of the Second Great Tribulation). The culled will include all Muslims, all non-Kabbalist and non-Elite Jews, and all Christian “fundamentalists” (Christians who cling to the old form of Christianity). The Jews will be the final group to be slaughtered, since their deaths are slated for the very end of the process during the (Second) Battle of Armageddon.

As for how the Kabbalists will drive the Jews to Israel under the “Trump as Antichrist” option, it’s not hard to figure out. Trump and Kushner’s “Unilateral New World Order” and the “Great Tribulation” it brings will piss off the entire world, and the whole world will see it as a “Jewish operation.” Although Putin — who is slated to defeat the Unilateral NWO and play the “real Jewish messiah” — will seemingly go to great pains to explain that not all Jews are to blame for what happened, the angry mobs will not be in the mood to sort “good Jews” from “bad Jews.” All Jews will be on the receiving end of the anger and hatred, and their savior Putin will point to Israel as the place where they’ll find “safety and security” until the rage passes over.

When the First Tribulation ends and the Second begins, a seven year countdown to the Final Pogrom will begin. Don’t be in Israel when the clock ticks to zero.


A Note on North Korea’s “Christmas gift” to Trump

(25 December 2019) – There has been a lot of press buildup around the possibility of North Korea testing a long-range missile between today and January 1. Should it occur, and especially if it involves detonating a nuke over the ocean, it could be used as an excuse for the Trump administration to ratchet up sanctions on North Korea to “total blockade” level over the coming weeks. This would involve the US Navy intercepting North Korea-bound North Korean, Russian, and Chinese ships, and would likely involve punitive sanctions on Russia and China too. This, along with increasingly provocative positioning of US forces near those nations, would be how “Antichrist” Trump and the “Deep State” would provoke America’s enemies into an attack against us. And that in turn would allow Trump to spring the US Space Force trap in March.


The Trump-Kushner Relationship under the “Trump as Antichrist” Option

(27 December 2019) – Whilst I pondered what’s ahead a few days ago, an interesting question came to mind: Should the globalists proceed with the “Trump as Antichrist” option in March, how will Putin explain what happened vis-a-vis Trump and Kushner after he defeats them in 2023?

I suspect the story will be that Chabad used Trump to play the ostensibly-Christian goy frontman for Jared Kushner’s Chabad presidency — that Trump was the public face of the “false Jewish Messiah” / “Antichrist” Kushner. This, they’ll say, allowed Kushner to make all his antichrist moves behind the scenes while Trump and the Democrats drew all the public’s attention with their over-the-top antics. This narrative will be supported by the already widespread perception that Trump is a slavish errand boy for the Religious Zionists.

If you haven’t yet encountered all the preparatory propaganda that promotes Kushner as Chabad’s “false Jewish Messiah” / “Antichrist,” I strongly recommend that you watch the following 14-minute video in its entirety…

…from YouTube

The video is a piece of prophecy propaganda fashioned to create the impression that Kushner might be the “Antichrist.” It starts off unimpressively, but grows more compelling as it goes along. It shows you the lengths to which the globalists have gone to seed the “Kushner as the Real President / Jewish Messiah / Antichrist” idea throughout the media.

~ MORE – 29 December 2019 ~

Seeing all this raises more interesting questions: If Kushner has been cast to play the First Tribulation Antichrist and Trump has been cast as his frontman and ass-puppet, which one will “stand in the holy place” in Israel this March? Will that be the point when Kushner emerges from Trump’s shadow and stands before the world? And if so, how can he stand as the world-commanding Antichrist if he has no real power of his own?

Should we reach March under this scenario, the most powerful man in the world will be the Commander-In-Chief of the US Space Force, the President of the United States. So if the globalists intend for Kushner to have his “I’m a big boy now” moment in the “holy place” this March, he’ll need to be the President of the United States. And the only way that can happen is if he is appointed as the replacement Vice President for a departed Pence, then something happens to Trump.

Given Kushner’s imminent emergence as the First Tribulation Antichrist and the need to move him into the vice presidency, you’ll find the following two propaganda pieces quite interesting…


…from Vanity Fair (top, bottom).

Take note of the wording of the weblink to the bottom article: <https://www.vanityfair.com/news/2019/12/with-impeachment-imminent-jared-kushner-white-house-takeover-finally-complete> According to it, “Kushner is exerting influence over virtually every significant White House decision, from negotiating trade deals to 2020 campaign strategy to overseeing Trump’s impeachment defense. ‘Jared is running everything,’ a former West Wing official told me.” So if you look at the suggestions that Kushner has consolidated power over the White House and is looking to replace Pence, Pence begins to look like he’s the next big target in Kushner’s march to power.

That being said, keep an eye out for a Pence resignation or assassination in the coming weeks. Trump would then appoint “the only person he can really trust, Jared” to the post. And Nancy Pelosi, who is known for being subservient to Jewish interests, will ensure the House approves the appointment. The Senate approval will also sail through. All that will then be left in Jared’s path to controlling the Space Force is Trump’s resignation, removal, or assassination. It’s easy to imagine the globalists scripting Trump’s assassination or removal as the starting point of the “communist/leftist” attack against America. This would leave Jared to play the hero who saves the day.

~ MORE – 31 December 2019 ~

In the course of my research on the “Trump/Kushner as Antichrist” option, I ran across another event that supports a September 2016 start for the currently ongoing Tribulation period…

…from Facebook

Within Christian prophecy circles, there is a general expectation that the Antichrist will make a 7-year peace covenant with Israel and then start breaking it at the 3.5-year mark. So did Trump and Kushner make a covenant with Israel during this September 2016 meeting — a covenant that they’d eschew a two-state solution in any Middle East peace deal? And when Kushner implements his peace deal at the point of a Space Command particle beam gun in March, will he break that covenant by dividing Israel and Jerusalem into Jewish and Palestinian zones (as the Antichrist is expected to do)?

Of course, there are two other options surrounding a Kushner peace deal in March: 1) He could implement a one-state solution that heavily favors Israel, then trigger the Great Tribulation-ending Battle of Armageddon by breaking it in 3.5 years, or 2) the March deal could be used to restart the First Tribulation and serve as the beginning point of his 7-year reign as Antichrist.

Learning of the September 2016 meeting between Netanyahu and Trump/Kushner reminded me of how the globalists had Obama fulfill the same prophecy when he was tasked with the decoy Antichrist role…

Prophecy Point 1 > The Antichrist will make a seven-year covenant with Israel (and “the many”), which he’ll start breaking in the middle.

> July 23, 2008 – The Antichrist makes a covenant with Israel and the many (“leaders on both sides of the Middle East conflict”) “to protect Israel and prevent Iran from developing nuclear weapons”…
obcov1
…(from The New York Times)

To see if he started breaking this covenant in the middle (3 years and 6 months later), let’s count forward six months from July 2008: 1) August 2008, 2) September 2008, 3) October 2008, 4) November 2008, 5) December 2008, 6) January 2009. And if we add 3 years to January 2009, we arrive at January 2012. So did anything related to the covenant happen in January 2012? Have a look at an Infowars.com article from the time
obcov2

So in January 2012, Obama backed away from Israel and moved towards Iran. But what about the end of the covenant? Wouldn’t you know it, that happened right on schedule…

> July 14, 2015 – The Antichrist makes a deal with Iran over their nuclear program which the Israelis view as a violation of the covenant.

So was it just a coincidence that Obama made a deal with Iran exactly 7 years (from July 2008 to July 2015) after his first visit to Israel? Was it merely another coincidence that he pivoted away from Israel and towards Iran in the middle of the 7 years? The “coincidences” are piling up fast, aren’t they? – from Obama the “Antichrist” and “Divine Intervention” in September 2016

Seeing that the Netanyahu/Trump/Kushner meeting took place at the exact end point of Obama’s 7-year tenure as the prospective decoy Antichrist (September 2016), I was forced to ask myself some uncomfortable questions…

In outlining and tracking the 2009-2016 Obama timetable, were my dates right but my expectations wrong?

Did I falsely assume that they delayed the First Tribulation because it didn’t end the way I was expecting it to?

From the globalists’ perspective, was what happened in September 2016 a successful completion of the 2009-2016 First Tribulation, which would mean we’re now about to hit the midpoint of the 2016-2023 Second Tribulation?

Is the defeat of Kushner by Putin in 2023 and the subsequent establishment of the multilateral/multipolar NWO the actual end state of the 14-year prophecy fulfillment plan?

Given these questions, I’ll continue to think them through and get back to you.


An Introduction to What’s Really Going On

Beyond the false paradigm presented to the sleeping public through the mainstream media, academia, and religion — and beyond the new false paradigm presented to the awakening public through the controlled alternative media — there is the truth of what’s really going on in our world. This blog is dedicated to exposing that truth for all to see.

What follows are four articles that will bring you up to speed on the basics. They are…

  1. THE RED PILL: A Short Overview of the True Globalist Agenda
  2. Understanding the NWO Strategy
  3. The NWO Schedule of Implementation 2019
  4. The Compendium

But before you read them, it seems appropriate to remind you of a warning from The Matrix movie…

“You take the blue pill [by leaving this website now] — the story ends, you wake up in your bed and believe whatever you want to believe. You take the red pill — you stay in Wonderland and I show you how deep the rabbit-hole goes.

All I’m offering is the truth, nothing more.”

You may find what follows unsettling, but it will also confirm many of the thoughts you’ve had yourself. And ultimately, facing reality frees one from fear.


THE RED PILL: A Short Overview of the True Globalist Agenda

If this is your first time visiting RedefiningGod.com, there’s a very good chance that everything you think you know about the “globalists” and the “New World Order (NWO)” is wrong. This is because the globalists are using their massive alt-media disinformation network to sell you a “good versus evil” fairy tale. According to their fable’s script, the “evil Western unilateral / unipolar NWO” is trying to take over the world and plunge us into an Orwellian dark age…

…from Infowars

And the “good guys,” Vladimir Putin and the BRICS nations, are standing against the evil and working to build a “benevolent multilateral / multipolar NWO” that “will usher in a new Golden Age / Renaissance for all mankind”…

…from LaRouchePAC

Faced with these two manufactured choices, the globalists expect you to resist the “evil West” and embrace the “benevolent East,” thus embracing the New World Order they’ve been planning all along. So in this entry, I will inoculate you against their fairy tale programming by showing you what they’re doing in the economic, political and religious realms to build their REAL New World Order. I’ll also show you their ultimate goal, which goes far beyond the NWO.

The True Globalist Economic Agenda

The globalists’ post-World War 2 plan for implementing a global government began to crystallize in 1956 under the Rockefeller-funded Special Studies Project. The Project was organized by Nelson Rockefeller, who recruited Henry Kissinger as its director and numerous globalist luminaries of the day, including John D. Rockefeller III and Laurance Rockefeller, as its participants. Five years later, the Project published the public version of its results in a book titled Prospect for America: The Rockefeller Panel Reports – a book which extols the importance of America “helping to shape a new world order”…

…from page 35

On page 173, the book lays out an “essential component” of the economic approach to the NWO: opening America’s markets to aid the economic development of foreign nations…

And on page 75, it hints at the intended recipients of this policy, Communist China…

Since it would be impossible to build a global New World Order without the world’s most populous nation, the globalists decided to use America’s markets, jobs and wealth as bait for luring the insular Chinese into the fold. And in return for joining the New World Order, China’s communist officials were offered the prestige and power of being the world’s new economic leaders. This strategy was publicly admitted by globalist super-minion George Soros in a 2009 video interview with FT…

…from YouTube

Starting at the 9:26 mark of the video and continuing on into the second part, Soros says the following…

“I think this would be the time, because you really need to bring China into the creation of a new world order – financial world order. They are kind of reluctant members of the IMF. They play along, but they don’t make much of a contribution because it’s not their institution. Their share is not commeasurate – their voting rights are not commeasurate – to their weight. So I think you need a New World Order that China has to be part of the process of creating it, and they have to buy in. They have to own it the same way as I said the United States owns… the Washington consensus… the current order, and I think this would be a more stable one where you would have a coordinated policies.”

So as you look at America today – a nation sapped of its well-paying jobs and economic vitality – you now know how it started: with the Rockefellers and Henry Kissinger deciding to hand America’s economic position to China. That’s why Kissinger made his secret trip to “open up” China in 1971…

…and why David Rockefeller Sr. followed him in in 1973…

This article is under construction; there’s more to come. Until it’s done, though, here are some entries you will find very illuminating (the one in bold is a must-read)…

  1. To understand more about the Special Studies Project and its plan for the currently-developing New World Order, read The Rockefeller Plan for the BRICS New World Order, in their own words…
  2. To see the East versus West conflict as the sham it is, read Mainstream globalist propaganda reveals East/West conflict is a farce.
  3. To understand the religious aspect of the globalist plan (and Vladimir Putin’s upcoming role as “savior” and head of the NWO), read “End Times” Programming.
  4. To see the “Deep State” as the propaganda ploy it is, read Alex Jones, the Kabbalist banksters, and the “Deep State” con.

UNDERSTANDING THE NWO STRATEGY

In this section, I’ll offer an overview of the New World Order’s true nature and the globalist strategy in building it and presenting it to the public.

The Two NWOs

The key to understanding the globalists’ strategy in implementing the New World Order is to understand that there are actually two NWOs: a Western-fronted decoy New World Order and a BRICS-fronted real New World Order. Once you understand how and why the globalists created them and played them against each other, all of the confusing information floating about the mainstream and alternative media will start making sense.

1) The Western-fronted DECOY NWO

This evil, menacing NWO is supposedly being constructed by the US and the EU, but it has never really existed as anything but a media construct. It is much like the fake army of inflatable tanks that Patton “commanded” prior to the Normandy invasion; there is no real substance to it. It was created as a propaganda prop to serve as the “dark side” in the play the globalists are putting on for the public. They even gave it a dark-skinned figurehead for dramatic flair…
evilNWOobama

When you listen to the many faux-truthers in the alternative press, it is this decoy NWO to which they point as they make their fearful predictions in order to create an emotional reaction within their viewers/readers/listeners. They portray it as an evil Zionist/Nazi/Neocon monster that is destroying the world and bringing humanity to the brink of World War 3. This is being done so the public will welcome the real NWO when it makes its move, defeats the decoy, and snatches peace from the jaws of war.

Another function of the Western decoy is to serve as the scapegoat for all the damage that was done while the globalists were erecting the real NWO. By blaming the Western NWO for all the evils we’ve seen for the past 100+ years – and then getting rid of it — they are hoping the real NWO will start with a clean slate in the public eye.

You will know you’re listening to a controlled-opposition / faux-truther figure talk about the decoy NWO when he or she uses words with the prefix “uni-“…

…such as “unilateral”…
putinunilateral
…(source)

…”unipolar”…
putinunipolar
…(source)

…and “unipower”…
pcrunipower
…(source)

Of course, you’ll know they’re talking about the decoy also when they use the terms “Western elite,” “Nazis,” “Zionists,” and “Neocons” when identifying its builders.

2) The BRICS-fronted REAL NWO

The emerging United Nations-based, BRICS-fronted New World Order is the REAL NWO the globalists have been working towards since the last vestiges of the Old World Order fell after World War 2…
realnwomt
…(from The Moscow Times)

This BRICS-fronted New World Order is nothing more than the old United Nations Complex with a phony “under new management” sign hanging in front. You will know that a commentator is talking about this REAL NWO when he or she uses words with the prefix “multi-“…

…such as “multilateral”…
atlmulti
…(from The Atlantic)

…and “multipolar”…
rtmutipolar
…(from RT)

This being said, you don’t have to take my word for all this. Look for yourself. Just visit the websites of the IMF and the BIS and enter the following words, one-at-a-time, into their search boxes: “multilateral,” “multipolar,” “unilateral,” and “unipolar.” If you do this and scan through the results you get, you’ll see scores of internal speeches and papers talking about moving towards a multilateral/multipolar world and away from a unilateral/unipolar world. You’ll find virtually nothing on their sites that talks about moving towards a global order ruled by a hegemonic US. That was never the globalists’ real plan.

To learn more about who the globalists really are and what the Old World Order, Interim World Order, and New World Order are, continue reading…

An Overview of the Occulted Powers

Lurking behind the “Democratic Facade” (the so-called “democratic” governments that the public sees as the guiding hands in our world), are the Occulted Powers (OPs). The OPs are a criminal conglomerate of the local royal families throughout the world who are intermarried and/or interoperating with the global network of Jewish bankster families. Under this worldwide royal/Jew “elite,” there are a variety of secret societies (such as the Freemasons) and criminal gangs (such as the Triads) who recruit useful “commoners” into their conspiracy and run societies at the street level.

As with any large gang of criminals, there is some degree of competition amongst the families as they compete for power, position and wealth within the syndicate, but they are all united in furthering their collective control and exploitation of the human race. They are the ones who have been pushing for ever more centralized control of humanity; they are the “globalists.”

An interesting thing about these OPs is that they have their own system of spirituality, which can most accurately be called “the Mystery School.” Whether the gang leaders at the very top actually believe in the spiritual mumbo jumbo of the Mystery School, though, is unclear. There may be some sort of “spiritual” force feeding them their religion, or they may have simply made it up as a control mechanism for their underlings. Whether it’s real or made up, though, it plays a central role in everything they do.

With this in mind, have a look at the Masonic art outside of the New Carrollton Federal Building in Lanham, Maryland…
masonicart
…This sculpture depicts the Left Hand Path and the Right Hand Path of the OPs’ occultic spirituality. As you can see, the Left Hand (which sits on a black base) is pointing over to the open Right Hand (which sits upon a white base). This reflects the OPs’ practice of using the Left Hand (the “dark side,” which brings about destruction and chaos) to scare people into the open, welcoming Right Hand (the “light side,” which brings about construction and order).

If you look upon the world situation now, you can see that the Anglo-American branch of the OPs are acting as the Left Hand (bringing terror, war, and theft that is destroying the existing world order and scaring humanity towards something new), and the BRICS branch of the OPs are acting as the Right Hand (“opposing” the actions of the Anglo-American axis and welcoming humanity into a “peaceful, fair” new world order that they are constructing). Once you understand this basic idea of how the Two Hands work together to control the world, everything you see around you starts making sense.

The Old World Order, the Interim World Order, and the New World Order

In attempting to understand the New World Order (NWO), many people become confused due to the intentionally misleading definition of the NWO offered by mainstream and alternative propaganda news sources. Before I go into why the news sources are doing this, though, let’s learn the proper definition of the NWO straight from the globalists themselves.

In 1961, the globalists published a book titled Prospect for America: The Rockefeller Panel Reports. It was the (public-version) final report of a Rockefeller-funded study called the Special Studies Project, and it gives a sanitized, sugar-coated overview of the post-World War II plan to transition from the Old World Order to the New World Order.

The book offers this definition of the Old World Order
owo163
owo164

So the 13 empires that ruled the world before they were brought down by the twin towers (World War I and World War II) were the Old World Order. And after their collapse, the world entered the period of chaos that precedes the arrival of the New World Order. This time of chaos has been governed by what I’ll call the Interim World Order, which is the current Bretton Woods system in which the US has played a central role due to its post-World War II military power, economic strength, and control of the global reserve currency. It is important to note that the Interim World Order is NOT the New World Order; it was designed to last for a finite period of time (long enough to expend America’s power and wealth to construct the NWO).

Prospect for America also offers the true definition of the New World Order
nwovision26
…which is a system of regional institutions operating under the supervision of an “international body of growing authority.” I’m sure you can imagine which body that is…
rockun33
UNNWO35

It is important to note that a United Nations-based New World Order is one that cannot be dominated by the US. The US is only 1 vote amongst 193 in the General Assembly and only 1 vote amongst 15 in the Security Council. Any perception of US leadership of the UN has arisen from America’s post-World War II power and prestige and the temporary role of the US dollar as the world’s primary reserve currency. That prestige is now gone, and the post-WWII power will be largely gone once the dollar is replaced by a renamed SDR as the world’s primary reserve currency. For the UN Complex to rise as the central power, the superpowerful US that emerged from WWII had to be taken down, and Prospect for America was the blueprint for its downfall.

Getting back to the misleading definition of the NWO offered by globalist propaganda sources, they attempt to paint the NWO as an effort by the US (and their UK partners in crime) to erect a “unipolar” empire to control the world. This supposed attempt to build a US/UK-centric “Unipolar New World Order” has never existed. As Prospect for America states…
nouni

The supposed US-led “Unipolar New World Order” has never been anything but a golem dreamed up by the globalist propaganda masters to distract people’s attention away from the real NWO. While people are being programmed to look West for a scary monster that is closing in on them, the actual NWO is sneaking in from the East looking like a heroic knight in shining armor. And once it is publicly unveiled, the NWO will look like heaven… at first.

So when you see things in the news like this

>>> Russian President Vladimir Putin said on Saturday that his country would never accept a unipolar world.

Noting that there was one “undisputed” unipolar leadership trying to control the current world and force others to obey, Putin said Russia would never accept such attempts. <<<

…realize it’s just the “knights in shining armor” doing their preparatory public relations work. All of the BRICS leaders are under firm OP control, as is evidenced by Putin’s open display of the symbols of Russia’s Romanov “royals”…
romsymbol
putinsymbols
…and Chinese President Xi’s association with his Illuminati handler/promoter, Robert Lawrence Kuhn
kuhnxibook

The NWO Strategy in Pictures

step1_2
step3

For people to embrace the New World Order, they have to see it as the SOLUTION to their problems, not the SOURCE of their problems. And in order to get folks to see it that way, the globalists are having their Western minions create all kinds of mischief so their Eastern minions can step in and save everyone. So in…

Step 1: The globalists have released the Western hounds on everyone, and they are mauling us with theft, oppression and war.

Step 2: They’ve had their faux-truther / controlled-opposition press screaming to everyone that the hounds are coming after us so we’ll get scared and look for safety.

Step 3: They are having their BRICS minions step up and save us from the hounds. Welcome, saviors!

And with that, we end up in the NWO. It’s not so hard to understand, is it?

Don’t Get Swept Away by the Coming “Truth Tsunami”

Let’s begin this section by reminding ourselves what a “limited hangout” is…

“spy jargon for a favorite and frequently used gimmick of the clandestine professionals. When their veil of secrecy is shredded and they can no longer rely on a phony cover story to misinform the public, they resort to admitting—sometimes even volunteering—some of the truth while still managing to withhold the key and damaging facts in the case. The public, however, is usually so intrigued by the new information that it never thinks to pursue the matter further.”

When you think about it, the whole engineered truth movement has been a limited hangout operation. There have been “insiders” and “whistleblowers” (disinfo agents) coming out from under every rock to tell us a mixture of truth and falsehood, and the gist of their message is…

“The evil West is out to get us, and Putin and the BRICS are the only ones who can stop them.”

So the objective of the limited hangout operation known as the “Truth Movement” is to publicize facts that make the West look bad and the East look good. And in doing this, they are distracting people from “the key and damaging” fact that the BRICS are the ones actually bringing in the NWO.

But you ain’t seen nothin’ yet.

The rising floodwaters of limited hangout truth will give way to a full-on tsunami next year. You will see all sorts of radical truth-telling, including stunning information about Obama’s background and what really happened on 9/11. When you see the mainstream media parroting all the explanations the globalists have been beta testing in the alternative media rabbit hole, you’ll know we’ve reached the climax point.

Here is something I wrote about their plans back in 2013…

>>> Let’s begin with the Cliff’s Notes version of the basic three-step process I see them trying to implement:

Create a PROBLEM – Through social engineering and the power of mass media, they have created dissatisfaction and dissociation with our old social forms and norms, including the traditional religions, in order to make us amenable to a new order of things. They’ve also sicced their dark dogs on us, who’ve been enthusiastically preparing a vast global police state grid, an economic and military conflagration, and a mass culling of the population.

Generate a REACTION – Through the engineered truth movement, they have advertised the actions of their dark minions in order to create fear in the population as well as a strong desire for some escape from what they have planned [here is a prime example]. They’ve also been disseminating vastly more accurate spiritual information through false-light channelings and New Age gurus for those weary of the old religions, but have blended in some misleading ideas that will be useful to them later.

Offer a SOLUTION – They’ll allow their minions to go to the brink (or a bit past the brink) of unleashing their planned horrors upon the world so people will desperately grasp for any solution. The solution will then be offered by the BRICS nations in the form of a new precious metals-backed financial system and by a BRICS-allied “alien” power who will come onto the scene to stop the wars and address urgent needs. With a timely arrival to save the day, they are expecting the relieved public to warmly embrace their version of a “love and light” New World Order of (apparent) freedom, as well as the “aliens” and their “god,” who will pose as Prime Creator/Source (but he/she/it IS NOT).

With the overview in place, let’s now delve into some of the juicy details of offering the solution

The dark minions and Homeland Security types who have been preparing the Great Culling and the global police state genuinely believe they’ll get to slaughter lots of people, and they are orgasmically licking their chops in anticipation. They kinda remind me of the character “Psycho” from the movie Stripes…

…“All I know is I finally get to kill somebody”…
psycho

Naturally, it is essential to the overall plan that actors on the lower levels of the power/awareness pyramid sincerely believe their roles and make concrete preparations for the Culling. The threat they pose would be unconvincing otherwise. Unfortunately for the planners, though, the general population is so distracted and drugged-out from other Cabal activities that they’re having a hard time generating the desired awareness and fear. Unintended consequences are a bi*ch, aren’t they? Nonetheless, when the economy suddenly grinds to a halt, war actions have begun, and thugs in armored cars can be seen on the streets, that should provide enough of a wake-up slap to get the attention of the public.

Once a crescendo of awareness and fear has been reached, that’s when the surprise will come. As if out of nowhere, military and economic forces will jump into action to bring a dead stop to the unfolding nightmare. Posing as a benevolent alliance, they will commandeer all media to broadcast in-depth exposes of all that has been going on behind the scenes in our world. The public will be both shocked and jubilant to finally hear the truth, and it will wash over them like a tsunami. Unfortunately, this limited hangout truth tsunami is intended to carry them away towards an acceptance of the real New World Order. <<<

Speaking of the “love and light” NWO, here is a preview of what to expect: The Multilateral/Multipolar New World Order will seem like heaven… at first.

So enjoy the big show, but don’t forget that’s what it is.

Knowing the Heroes and the Goats

Here is something important to know about the real New World Order…

The real BRICS-fronted NWO the globalists are bringing into being will be based on Austrian economics, not Communism. And it will in the beginning appear to be libertarian and respectful of national sovereignty.

As I point out throughout this blog, the globalists have divided their minions into two teams: the Black Hats and the White Hats. And they’re having their controlled alt-media paint the Black Hats as people who are trying to build an evil “Western” NWO. At the same time, they are portraying the White Hats as people who are trying to stop the evil and build a benevolent BRICS-fronted NWO instead. Needless to say, the White Hat “heroes” are scripted to win this conflict, and their victory will bring in the real New World Order the globalists have been planning all along.

That being said, here is a list of Black Hat people and things that will be defeated (on the left) and White Hat people and things that will triumph (on the right)…

Keep in mind that the people and things on both sides of this list work for the same bosses. They’re simply assigned to play opposing roles on the public stage.

Armed with this list, you can look at any alt-media site and know if it’s controlled or honest by simply noticing two things:

1) If it portrays the conflict between the “evil” West and “benevolent” East as real (instead of what it really is: a fake stage play put on for public consumption)

…and…

2) if it bashes the people and things in the left column while promoting the people and things in the right column

…the site is either globalist-aligned or run by someone who has fallen for their propaganda.


THE NWO SCHEDULE OF IMPLEMENTATION 2019

“Rejoice, for the revelation of the Messiah is at hand!”…

…This is an APNews photo of the “Christlike” Vladimir Putin, who is scripted by the globalists to play the roles of the Jewish/Christian Messiah, the Head of the NWO / Revived Roman Empire, and the “Final Antichrist.” This page will show you why I say that, so let’s begin…

The globalist advance towards the New World Order (NWO) is analogous to an American football team’s advance towards a touchdown:

  • they can slowly and incrementally drive towards their goal using their running game (small, dull, publicly-unnoticed institutional changes that accumulate over time), or
  • they can quickly leap towards their goal using their passing game (staging big crises like 9/11 that demand large, sudden “solutions”).

The purpose of this NWO Schedule of Implementation page is to anticipate, expose, and hopefully prevent their passing plays. By forcing them to grind slowly towards their goals with their ground game, time is bought to allow people to wake up to their agenda and begin to counteract it.

That being said, let’s start examining the goal they’re driving towards and the pass plays they’re setting up to get there quickly…

Their Political Goals

THE GLOBALISTS’ IMMEDIATE GOAL IS TO COMPLETE THE TRANSITION TO THE NEW WORLD ORDER, WHICH WILL BE CENTERED AROUND A STRENGTHENED, “REFORMED” UNITED NATIONS WITH VLADIMIR PUTIN AS ITS DE FACTO OR DE JURE LEADER.

In order to overcome the UN’s jaded reputation and get people to accept its leadership, they will take it through a “reform” process to rebrand it and give it an image makeover. These reforms will make it appear that “Western domination and corruption” of the institution has been put to an end, and they will include three very important elements…

  1. The UN Security Council will be reformed to include more permanent members.
  2. Unilateral Security Council vetoes will be eliminated.
  3. The size and powers of the UN’s military, police, and colonization (“peacebuilding”) forces will be significantly increased.

Now let’s look a little closer at these three elements…

1) The UN Security Council will be reformed to include more permanent members.

In their reform of the United Nations, the globalists want to make it appear that it is no longer a “tool of the West,” and adding new permanent members to the Security Council will allow them to “bring the East’s representation into parity with the West’s.” The reform could go one of two ways: 1) they could blow up the existing permanent membership structure and expand the number of permanent members to 10 (one for each UN Development Region), or 2) they could expand the existing structure to include two new members, India and Germany. Here’s why they will most likely do the latter:

Currently, there are five permanent members, and “the West has a numerical advantage”…

Western Permanent Members: 3 (US, France, UK)
Eastern Permanent Members: 2 (China, Russia)

By adding India, they would numerically balance West and East, and by adding Germany, they would provide a neutral, tie-breaking vote…

Western Permanent Members: 3 (US, France, UK)
Eastern Permanent Members: 3 (China, Russia, India)
Neutral Members: 1 (Germany, “the bridge between East and West”)

But there is another reason the globalists might want “7 heads” on the Security Council, and it is related to their NWO religious agenda. We’ll explore that a little further down this page.

Now let’s move on to the second element of the UN “reform”…

2) Unilateral Security Council vetoes will be eliminated.

The elimination of unilateral veto power will be sold as being necessary to allow the UN to effectively address divisive conflicts, but its real purpose will be to ensure that no nation can insulate itself from UN action by casting a veto. All nations will be equally helpless against the multilateral UN mob and the globalists who pull their strings from behind the scenes.

The globalists will accomplish this by either doing away with permanent member vetoes entirely or requiring four permanent members (within the new 7 permanent member structure) to join together to veto a measure. By requiring four votes for a veto, neither the East nor West could block a measure on their own; they would need help from the neutral member or the other side.

Of course, the globalists’ tried-and-true method for spurring such a change is to deliberately create a problem, then offer their plans as a solution. So applying this standard method to eliminate unilateral vetoes is as easy as ONE-TWO-THREE…

ONE – Stage wars the UN can’t prevent due to the existence of unilateral veto powers. The long war in Syria is a perfect example of this. Note the competing resolutions on Syria that were circulated in the Security Council in October of 2016; neither had a chance because both sides had vetoes…

…from the UN website

And if you look at other conflicts the globalists have stirred up…

  • the UN cannot resolve the simmering conflict in the South China Sea because of China’s unilateral veto,
  • the UN cannot resolve the North Korean “nuclear crisis” because of China and Russia’s vetoes,
  • the UN cannot resolve the Ukraine-Russia war over the Crimea because of Russia’s unilateral veto, and
  • the UN cannot restrain the hyper-aggressive warmaking and regime-changing of the United States because of America’s unilateral veto.

TWO – Ensure that all of the nations that possess unilateral veto power get a serious bloody nose from the unprevented conflicts. The harm they’ll suffer and the horrors they’ll witness will provide the motivation to surrender their veto powers “so it will never happen again.”

THREE – Present the pre-planned new veto rules to the General Assembly for adoption. After all, “unilateral vetoes have no place in a multilateral body, do they?”

Finally, let’s look at the last element of the UN “reform”…

3) The size and powers of the UN’s military, police, and colonization (“peacebuilding”) forces will be significantly increased.

The globalists will promote this strengthening of the UN as insurance that “no unilateral power will ever again threaten world peace,” but the actual reason is to ensure that the global government reigns supreme. Once the UN-centered New World Order is put in place, the globalists have scripted a honeymoon period during which things will look much better than they do now. But once we hit the 3.5 year mark, Putin and the UN will start doing some ominous things with the upgraded powers the UN will then possess. Nations that don’t toe the UN line will first be subjected to multilateral sanctions. And if they still refuse to correct their behavior, the UN’s military will roll in, followed by UN police and “peacebuilders.”

It should come as no surprise, then, that less than a month after Boris Yeltsin handed the Russian Presidency over to Vladimir Putin, the future NWO leader Putin was hosting the UN Secretary-General and talking about strengthening the “authority and influence of the UN”…

…from Kremlin.ru

A few months later, Putin attended the UN Millennium Summit and started getting specific about increasing the UN’s power…

…from The People’s Daily. Here is an excerpt…

“During the meeting, they discussed conflict resolution, rapid reaction capability for peacekeepers, post-conflict reconstruction and the U.N. reform.

Putin expressed interest in reviving the U.N. Military Staff Committee which coordinates military activity of the five permanent members of the Security Council in support of international peace and security, but which has never been effective.”

Now if we look into the UN Military Staff Committee, we see this…

“The Military Staff Committee (MSC) is the United Nations Security Council subsidiary body whose role, as defined by the United Nations Charter, is to plan UN military operations and assist in the regulation of armaments.

The greatest purpose of the MSC, arising from Article 45 of the UN Charter, was intended to be providing command staff for a set of air-force contingents. These contingents, provided by the Permanent 5 members (P5) of the Security Council (the People’s Republic of China, France, Russia, the United Kingdom, and the United States) to be held at ready for the discretionary use of the United Nations.” – From Wikipedia

Clearly, Putin wants the “reformed” UN he’ll lead to have military teeth. But his and his globalist handlers’ plans go beyond mere military power, as is shown by this Russian statement at the UN

…Here are some key passages [with my comments added in brackets]…

>>> Russia places a high emphasis on the role that peacekeeping [UN intervention in the internal affairs of nation-states] plays in maintaining international peace and security…

we attach great importance to the establishment of the Peacebuilding Commission, which operates at a cross-juncture of the activities of the Security Council, the General Assembly, the Economic and Social Council as well as international financial institutions… [the UN “Peacebuilding” Commission is designed to move in after the UN military rolls into an area and alter the political and economic order of the invaded area to suit the globalists; it is essentially a colonizing force]

The importance of the UN civil police is increasing. We follow with great interest the implementation of the Summit’s decision to establish a Standing police capacity

It is fundamentally important that all these activities be carried out in accordance with… rational division of labour with the regional organizations. In this connection I would like to stress our conviction that relevant capacities of the Commonwealth of Independent States, Organisation of the Collective Security Treaty and Shanghai Cooperation Organisation might be in high demand. [in other words, they want the UN to use peacekeepers that the Russians and Chinese have trained] I note with satisfaction, that our efforts in strengthening the UN peacekeeping capacity are bearing fruits

The Peacekeepers’ Training Centre of the Advanced Police Training Academy of the Russian Ministry of Interior organized between the 2nd and 30th of November, 2006 a course “The Civilian Policeman in the UN Missions” for thirty eight representatives of law enforcement institutions from ten African states.

In accordance with the decision of the Russian Government the Ministry of the Interior is planning on training up to 80 people a year till 2010. The next course of training African peacekeepers in Russia is scheduled for the period from March 1st to April 2nd of this year… [so Russia has been recruiting and training agents to embed in UN civil police forces that come from nations they don’t control]

In conclusion I would like to touch upon one more issue. We believe that the improvement of the thorough consideration of all military aspects of specific peacekeeping operations by the UN Security Council would promote greater efficiency of all aspects of UN peacekeeping. The Charter body – the Military Staff Committee (MSC) that is called upon to ensure an appropriate level of military expertise for the UN Security Council decisions, which have a military aspect, might provide a contribution to this. That is why the President of Russia V. Putin set forth the idea of the MSC’s revitalisation at the Millennium Summit. <<<

“Peacekeeping” is an Orwellian doublespeak word for “warmaking.” It involves the UN invasion of a nation-state in order to produce an internal outcome the UN desires. And according to the globalist / Putin plan for a stronger UN, it will involve…

  1. more effective application of UN military force, followed by
  2. UN civil police to weed out “troublemakers” and pacify the population, and
  3. UN “Peacebuilding” agents to remake the affected area’s political and economic structure in accordance with globalist guidelines.

With this 3-step colonization protocol set before us, it’s not hard to imagine where they’re going with it. During the first 3.5 years of the NWO, they might use it only in areas where there are humanitarian crises. This will allow them to practice and fine-tune their approach. But after the 3.5 year mark, they’ll start using the protocol in areas that contain…

  • large pockets of resistance to the UN (because “the UN is the source of world peace, so if you’re against the UN, you are a threat to world peace”), and
  • large pockets of religious “extremists” (those who cling to traditional religious ideas over the UN’s “It’s All Good” One World Religion).

In both cases, the globalists will use false-flag shootings and bombings to simulate conflict and justify UN intervention.

Now that we’ve covered the political aspect of the NWO agenda, let’s have a look at the financial / economic aspect…

Their Financial / Economic Goals

THE GLOBALISTS’ IMMEDIATE GOAL IS TO COMPLETE THE TRANSITION TO THE NEW WORLD ORDER ECONOMIC SYSTEM, WHICH WILL BE BASED ON AN “ENHANCED CHINA MODEL” AND REVOLVE AROUND A “REFORMED” IMF/WORLD BANK AND THEIR “GOLD-BACKED” SDR GLOBAL CURRENCY

I first wrote about the Enhanced China Model back in November of 2015…

>>> From my current knowledge of what the globalists have planned, they seem to be aiming for an “Enhanced China Model” for the global economy. In China, the central government dictates the direction of the economy, but that direction is pursued with a capitalistic approach. And if the central planners don’t like something that’s going on in the capitalistic level, they step in and crush it. This is how I suspect the new globalist economy will operate.

At the UN level, the neo-Roman authorities will steer the direction of the economy (such as with the “Sustainable Development Agenda”), but they will allow the corporations to pursue that direction under an Austrian Economic Framework. That way, they’re in control (such as in a communist/socialist system), but things actually get done (such as in a capitalist system). <<<

So the socialist/communist economic takeover you’ve been programmed to fear is part of the decoy NWO. The real NWO will be based on Austrian Economics operating within UN-defined (globalist-defined) boundaries.

To learn more about who’s really behind the Austrian Economics fad, read these entries…

The coming BRICS gold standard, Ron Paul, and the Rockefellers

Like it or not, here is more on the Rockefeller connection to Austrian economics

Turning our attention to the IMF, the first steps towards its “reform” were taken in early 2016 when the 2010 quota reforms finally took effect. But the really big step will occur in the near future when China offers a portion of their gold reserves to help provide gold “backing” for the SDR. In return for their gold, China will receive a large special allocation of SDRs, and these new SDRs will dilute the US’s share of total SDRs to below the 15% level. This will eliminate America’s veto power in the IMF, which will unleash even more reforms. At the time this is done, we’ll also see a Chinaman replace Christine Lagarde as the Managing Director of the IMF.

As for the SDR, moves towards its reform and wider use were taken in 2016 when China’s renminbi was added to its currency basket and SDR-denominated bonds were sold by the World Bank and Standard Chartered Bank…

…from the DailyMail.com. The article is a short and informative read, so have a look at it.

It is the intention of the globalists to replace the US dollar as the primary reserve currency with the SDR and then promote the SDR’s use as a global consumer currency. To see their detailed plans for replacing the dollar with the SDR, read this speech given by Zhou Xiaochuan, the governor of China’s central bank (and the currently designated replacement for Christine Lagarde at the IMF)…

…The speech was given during the depths of the 2007-2009 financial crisis and follows the standard globalist “let’s create a problem, then offer our solution” template. He begins by pointing to the problems posed by the (engineered) economic meltdown, then he goes on to explain how a new kind of global reserve currency would solve all those problems. Finally, he makes his recommendation…

“The scope of using the SDR should be broadened, so as to enable it to fully satisfy the [IMF] member countries’ demand for a reserve currency.”

And to see how the globalists will promote the SDR as the world’s consumer currency, have a look at this Economist article from 1988…

…Here is an excerpt…

>>> THIRTY years from now, Americans, Japanese, Europeans, and people in many other rich countries, and some relatively poor ones will probably be paying for their shopping with the same currency. Prices will be quoted not in dollars, yen or D-marks but in, let’s say, the phoenix. The phoenix will be favoured by companies and shoppers because it will be more convenient than today’s national currencies, which by then will seem a quaint cause of much disruption to economic life in the last twentieth century…

…The phoenix would probably start as a cocktail of national currencies, just as the Special Drawing Right is today. In time, though, its value against national currencies would cease to matter, because people would choose it for its convenience and the stability of its purchasing power…

…The phoenix zone would impose tight constraints on national governments. There would be no such thing, for instance, as a national monetary policy. The world phoenix supply would be fixed by a new central bank, descended perhaps from the IMF…

…Governments are far from ready to subordinate their domestic objectives to the goal of international stability. Several more big exchange-rate upsets, a few more stockmarket crashes and probably a slump or two will be needed before politicians are willing to face squarely up to that choice…

…Pencil in the phoenix for around 2018, and welcome it when it comes. <<<

To learn more about this, read Mainstream globalist propaganda reveals East/West conflict is a farce.

With the political and financial/economic aspects of the NWO agenda now laid before us, let’s look at an aspect most serious people overlook: the religious aspect…

Their Religious Goals

THE GLOBALISTS’ IMMEDIATE GOAL IS TO SIMULATE THE FULFILLMENT OF JEWISH, CHRISTIAN, MUSLIM, AND OTHER RELIGIONS’ “END TIMES” PROPHECIES IN SUPPORT OF THE LAUNCH OF THE NEW WORLD ORDER.

Their prophecy fulfillment plan has three steps and two distinct phases.

The three steps are…

1) Propagandize the public to see the Western “elite” as Satanists and Western leaders like Barack Obama as antichrists.

2) Propagandize the public to see Vladimir Putin as a savior – the Jewish/Christian Messiah – then later propagandize them to see him as the “one true Antichrist.”

3) Propagandize the public to see the Kabbalist pod person who shows up to defeat Putin and the New World Order as the “one true Christ.”

As for the two distinct phases, they are…

1) Phase 1 (The Antichrist Phase) – In this phase, the “one true Antichrist” Putin attempts to take “Christ’s throne” through deception. To accomplish this, he has the West and its leaders play the roles of Satanists and antichrists so he can defeat them and appear to be the savior. And through his victory, he defeats the “evil” Western-version New World Order and erects the “good” BRICS-version New World Order. His NWO will appear to be the answer to all our problems until we get to Phase 2.

2) Phase 2 (The Christ Phase) – In this phase, Putin fulfills some Biblical prophecies that show him to be the “one, true, final Antichrist” and the NWO turns ugly. At this point, globalist alt-media figures like Alex Jones, Steve Quayle and Tom Horn will propagandize the public to see Putin as the Antichrist and his NWO as the “Beast system.”

Once people see Putin as the Antichrist and they’re super-scared, a new globalist figure (the Kabbalah Christ) will sweep in and defeat him and his New World Order. It is at this point that the globalists will achieve their ultimate goal: total ownership and control of the entire planet and its people in a post-democratic world governed by a figurehead god-king. They want to rule over us like gods.

Turning our attention to the globalists’ prophecy fulfillment script for the Muslims, an excellent overview is offered in this video from Sheikh Imran Hosein

…Here is how it starts out…

“Syria is not just another part of the world of Islam. From an Islamic eschatological perspective, Syria is at the heart – the very heart – of the end of history. There are three main actors at the end of history in Islamic eschatology:

The most important of them all is the return of Jesus, the son of Mary, the true messiah.

And then there is another figure in the end of history who seeks to impersonate the true messiah, and he is the false messiah. The Christians call him the Antichrist, and …Muhammad… called him Al-Masih ad-Dajjal, or Dajjal the false messiah.

And the third important figure in Islamic eschatology at the end of history is the Imam, or the Prince – in Christian theology he’s known as the Prince, or Imam al-Mahdi.

And these three main actors of the end of history are all going to be simultaneously present in Damascus. Imam al-Mahdi will already be there. Dajjal will come to attack him. And at that time when Dajjal is ready for the confrontation with the Imam, the Son of Mary returns.”

The Strategic Culture Foundation is a globalist disinformation front specializing in Step 2 propaganda, so they present news and commentary to make the West look evil and Putin look like a world-saving genius. And if we look at Hosein’s video, it’s not hard to identify which globalist actors are playing the eschatological characters he outlines…

     > Vladimir Putin, the son of Mary (Maria Shelomova), is cast as the “true messiah.”

     > Qasem Soleimani, the “Savior of Syria,” is cast as the “Imam al-Mahdi.” That’s why Hosein says the Mahdi “will already be there” in Damascus (Soleimani managed the war from there). To read more about him, see Updates 9 and 10 of Globalist Agenda Watch 2018.

     > Recep Tayyip Erdogan, who attacked the Mahdi in Syria, is cast as the “Al-Masih ad-Dajjal, or Dajjal the false messiah.” He was stopped when the “true messiah” (Putin) stepped in to aid the “Mahdi” (Soleimani).

It is important to note that since there are two phases to the “End Times” show, the Antichrist Phase (Phase 1, in which “Satan attempts to steal Christ’s throne”) and the Christ Phase (Phase 2, in which “the real Jesus shows up to stop Satan”), the globalists will artificially fulfill Biblical prophecy TWICE. And this means there are two actors cast for every role:

The role of the Christian “Antichrist” is played by…
Obama, Clinton, etc. in Phase 1, and by Vladimir Putin in Phase 2.

The role of the Muslim Antichrist character, the “Dajjal,” is played by…
Recep Tayyip Erdogan in Phase 1, and by Qasem Soleimani in Phase 2.

The role of the Christian/Muslim “Christ” is played by…
Vladimir Putin in Phase 1, and by “Testy Tubey” (an unknown GMO human) in Phase 2.

The role of the seven-headed, ten-horned “Beast out of the Sea” (the Revived Roman Empire) from Revelation is played by…
the G7 in Phase 1, and by the “reformed” UN/NWO in Phase 2.

The role of the “Beast out of the Earth” that aids the Beast out of the Sea from Revelation is played by…
the EU in Phase 1, and by one of Russia’s Eurasian treaty organizations in Phase 2 (I haven’t yet set my attention to positively identifying which particular one, but the CSTO and SCO are candidates, and I’m leaning towards the SCO).

The globalists are artificially fulfilling the prophecies twice so it will appear that the first fulfillment was a trick and the second is “real,” but both of them are fake. I know this with certainty because I’ve observed their propagandists laying the groundwork for both. There is absolutely nothing “supernatural” or “spiritual” about what’s coming; it’s all Hollywood magic combined with sequestered technology to give the appearance of something supernatural and spiritual.

For information on the prophecy fulfillment plan for the Chinese and the Indians, visit the Compendium page and read the section titled “Xi Jinping’s assassination, the globalist prophecy fulfillment plan for the Indians and the Chinese, and the 5 Avatars.”

Now that you know the political, economic and religious goals the globalists are driving towards, it’s time to examine the pass plays they’ll attempt this year to get there quickly…

The 2019 Implementation Campaign

The globalists are close to unleashing a massive global crisis to artificially fulfill religious “End Times” prophecies and usher in the New World Order. In making their 2019 attempt to put it in motion, they’ll likely follow the same three-phase global crisis template they tried to implement in the past few years. The three phases are…

1) The Initial Conflict Phase in which the domestic and international situation builds towards a big crisis. This crisis is typically scheduled to start in March, April, or May, with March being the most likely month this year.

2) The “Darkness before the Dawn” Phase in which there is global political and economic disarray that demands a swift solution. This is typically scheduled for the interim period between the initial crisis and September.

3) The Final Conflict / “Dawn of a New Day” Phase in which a final climax and solution is reached for the global crisis. This is typically scheduled for September (to coincide with Jewish New Year).

It’s important to understand that this three-phased Big Event template has two possible paths and three possible variants. The two paths are…

1) The War Path, and
2) The Peace Path.

And the three variants are…

1) Trump is “killed” or removed, but Putin stays in place;
2) Both Trump and Putin are “killed” or removed; or
3) Both Trump and Putin stay in place.

Of these two paths and three variants, the most likely global crisis configuration this year is the Peace Path + both Trump and Putin stay in place. To read the details of how it might unfold this year and to monitor its progress (or lack thereof), read Globalist Agenda Watch 2019: What to watch for between now and the end of March, and look for new updates on the Home Page.

On a final note, it is of vital importance that you steel yourself against the globalists’ two aces in the hole: 1) their limited-hangout “Truth Tsunami” and 2) their technological ability to affect human mood through electromagnetic transmissions.

As I point out in Understanding the NWO Strategy, the “Truth Tsunami” will involve their release of vast amounts of secret information to the public. The intent of it is to overwhelm people with the sense that “all the secrets are finally coming out,” but the reality is that it’s a carefully tailored release of information meant to lead people’s thinking in desirable directions, including…

  • leading them to accept the “reality” of the scripted “evil Deep State” versus “good Deep State” / “Satanic forces” versus “God’s forces” drama the globalists are directing, and
  • leading them to accept the multilateral / multipolar New World Order as the solution to the problems which have beset us.

And as I point out in “End Times” Programming, the globalists possess the ability to affect human mood (and possibly create hallucinations and “voices”) through electromagnetic signals transmitted by the cell phone network and other sources. They will use this technology at the appropriate time(s) in the “End Times” script, such as during the arrival of the fake “ETs” and/or the arrival of “Jesus Christ,” to make people feel euphoric. This “feeling of something different in the air” will lead many to believe they’re experiencing something spiritual and real, but it’s merely the entrainment of their brainwaves to an EM carrier signal.

When the Truth Tsunami and the carrier signals hit you, it’s important that you remember this warning. Don’t be swept away to your destruction by simple parlor tricks; just enjoy the show and the free high. And remember that we have roughly seven years to stop the murder of at least a third of the world’s population in the scripted final war between “Satan” and “Jesus Christ.”


THE COMPENDIUM

This Compendium is a gathering point for my previous writings on a variety of subjects, and it’s a continuous work in progress. It is here where I’ll collect my past writings, group them by subject, and eventually strip out obsolete references to dangerous dates and combine the writings into concise overviews on each subject. If you are a longtime reader who has gone through the entire blog, you’ll find nothing new here. But if you a new reader or you haven’t read everything from the past, you may find things of interest. These are the subjects currently covered:

  • The Israeli False-Flag Sinking of a US Aircraft Carrier in the Persian Gulf
  • The false-flag “Houthi” cruise missile attack
  • How and why the Chabad-Lubavitch cult is steering the Middle East towards war
  • Xi Jinping’s assassination, the globalist prophecy fulfillment plan for the Indians and the Chinese, and the 5 Avatars
  • Qasem Soleimani, the Globalist-Chosen Imam Mahdi
  • Globalist Disinformation, the Higgins Memo, Michael Flynn and “Q-Anon”
  • The Fake EMP Threat, Bitcoin, and the Great Encryption Lie
  • The Globalists’ Prophecy Fulfillment Plan
  • The Three Endgames of the NWO Transition
  • A false-flag blamed on Iran & Khamenei’s complicity in the globalist prophecy deception
  • North Korean Anthrax
  • A preliminary “alien intervention” in a ballistic missile launch
  • A provocation scenario for a North Korean satellite launch
  • Putin and Trump, the Lubavitcher Messiahs
  • UFOs and Fake Aliens
  • North Korean Submarines and Nuclear 9/11
  • The Left Hand Path and the Right Hand Path
  • The North Korean Oil Embargo and the New Pearl Harbor Attack
  • The Three Sandboxes of World War 3
  • Vladimir Putin, the Jewish King of Restored Khazaria

The sections highlighted in red can be read below. The ones in black can be read by visiting the Compendium page.


SUBJECT: The Israeli False-Flag Sinking of a
US Aircraft Carrier in the Persian Gulf

(3 December 2018) – Here comes a rather obvious false-flag play…

…from Zero Hedge

The aircraft carrier will be arriving a mere matter of days after the Fifth Fleet Commander (who is in charge of the Middle East) was found dead in “an apparent suicide”…

…from The Navy Times

And I’ve heard rumors in the controlled alt-media that the commander was suicided over his resistance to a false-flag plan vis-a-vis Iran. So what we have here is a rather clumsy, obvious, and well-telegraphed setup for a “carrier down” false-flag. Tomorrow, I’ll look around and see if they’ve added anything hidden or interesting to the scenario. In the meantime, have a look at what I wrote about the “carrier down” scenario back in April…

(Special Note – 29 April 2018) – An Israeli naval false-flag warning for May & How the “evil Deep State” is scripted to save war from the jaws of peace

Will the start of World War III be attributed to an Iranian copy of a Russian rocket torpedo with a North Korean nuclear warhead…

Have a look at this Newsweek article from 3 days ago: IRAN THREATENS TO SINK U.S. WARSHIPS AS TRUMP CONSIDERS LEAVING NUCLEAR DEAL

Then have a look at this Newsweek article from last year: IRAN’S MILITARY FIRES ADVANCED TORPEDO BASED ON RUSSIA’S FASTEST IN THE WORLD

Given the Iranian naval chief’s threat to sink US ships, the door is now open for an Israeli false-flag attack on a US Navy ship, with the most likely method of attack being a Russian-made Shkval-E rocket torpedo fired from an Israeli Dolphin-class submarine. The blame can then be laid on the Iranian navy and their Hoot rocket torpedo, which is a copy of the Shkval. The attack would most likely be staged after May 12, when Trump may decide to withdraw from the Iran nuclear deal.

Since the Shkval is known to be a very noisy weapon that gives away the position of the sub that fires it, the Israeli sub would likely fire it from a shadowing position behind an Iranian sub. They would then fire a conventional torpedo to sink the sub they’re shadowing. That way, Israel can claim they “sank the Iranian sub that sank the American ship.”

What heroes! 

By the way, this is the likely target of the Shkval…

…from Google News (the Truman left port on April 11, which is another indicator of mischief)

The sinking of one or more American aircraft carriers during the war is a key part of the globalist script. The event is meant to mark the end of the era of American force projection around the world.

As to why their sub was in the Persian Gulf, the Israelis will have a built-in excuse…

…from Israel National News. Since Israel’s submarines are diesel-powered, the words “nuclear submarine” in the title imply a submarine with nuclear warheads aboard.

How the “evil Deep State” is scripted to save war from the jaws of peace

The more I look into the crystal ball on this one, the bigger it gets. Have a look at this testimony from a Congressional Joint Hearing on the Iran-North Korea Strategic Alliance (page 35)…

>>> I think, make it clear that North Korea has made this singular achievement in its nuclear weapons program. The danger immediately from this—and reports are that production of these warheads is increasing. That is what the Chinese nuclear experts told our people in February in Beijing. The danger simply is this: Iran’s Shahab-3 intermediate-range missile is a twin of the Nodong, developed with considerable North Korean assistance. Nodong nuclear warheads will be, and I believe are, compatible with the Shahab-3. A North Korean-Iranian agreement to share Nodong nuclear warheads, it seems to me, is a realistic possibility at this stage. North Korea and Iran have had successful sea and air clandestine transportation networks. There have been few interdictions of these networks. The transfer of Nodong warheads from North Korea to Iran would have a good chance of success. And given the forecast for production increases in North Korea, you could see a real danger of this developing, it seems to me, as early as 2016. Thus, if this happens, Iran would have a secret stockpile of nuclear warheads, in Iran, that it could unveil at any time of its own choosing and thus present the United States, Israel, and the rest of the world with a fait accompli, regardless of what happens with the Iran agreement or anything else that goes on with the Iranian nuclear program. <<<

In light of this testimony and the fact that the Shkval torpedo is designed to be nuclear-capable, we see how the Deep State may be scripted to “kill” Trump and start a war with both Iran and North Korea at the same time (then pivot into the “Battle of Armageddon” with Israel).

1) Bring Trump to Jerusalem and “assassinate” him during an outbreak of chaos.
2) Sink the U.S.S. Harry Truman with a nuclear Shkval.
3) Have Pence point the finger at Iran for the torpedo and North Korea for its nuclear warhead, then start a war with both.
4) After the war is raging, have forensic tests from the sunken Truman show an Israeli radiation signature. At that point, EVERYONE will turn on Israel for starting the whole thing.

Tomorrow, we’ll also look into the possibility of a drone speedboat or drone aircraft being used to carry a nuke right up to the Stennis…

…from Google

(4 December 2018) – I took my son on an outing today, but I continued pondering how the American / Israeli / Saudi false-flaggers might get a nuke near the Stennis. Here’s what I came up with…

  1. They may use an “Iranian” ballistic missile fired out of Yemen or Iraq, with Iraq being the more likely choice.
  2. They may use a specially modified drone or cruise missile, with a replica of Iran’s Shahed S-171 Simorgh drone being the most likely choice.
  3. They may use a conventionally-powered or rocket-powered torpedo, with the rocket-powered Shkval/Hoot being the more likely choice.
  4. They may use a drone speedboat (with either dummies or jihadi martyrs aboard).

(5 December 2018) – I did a little poking around yesterday to see why the Stennis was chosen as the carrier to be sacrificed, and I came across this…

…from USNI News (note the Pearl Harbor headlines in the website graphics at the top). Here is an excerpt…

>>> The John C. Stennis Carrier Strike Group left Naval Base Kitsap last week for a deployment and an eventual homeport change with no public notice…

The Navy is not publically acknowledging much about the deployment.

“Stennis is underway, operating in the 3rd Fleet area of operations. However, we don’t discuss future operations,” spokesman Cmdr. John Fage told USNI News in a Monday statement.

Following the deployment, Stennis will begin its four-year mid-life refueling and complex overhaul (RCOH) at Huntington Ingalls Industries Newport News Shipbuilding in Virginia. <<<

The last part I bolded is what really got my attention, so I looked into what the RCOH entails…

>>> Refueling and Complex Overhaul (RCOH) is a process for refueling and upgrading nuclear-powered aircraft carriers in the US Navy. The nuclear reactors that power some aircraft carriers typically use up their nuclear fuel about halfway through their desired 50-year life spans. Because carriers can last so long before being retired, they are refueled and refurbished with an RCOH to extend their usable lifetime. At the same time a ship is refueled, it is given a complex overhaul in which broken, worn or obsolete parts are repaired or replaced and systems are modernized. The modernization typically includes an upgrade of ship’s combat systems and warfighting capabilities, its internal distribution systems are upgraded, and allowance is made for future upgrades over the ship’s remaining operational service life. Given the size of an aircraft carrier and the number of systems and subsystems it has, an RCOH is extremely complex, costly (several billion dollars), and time-consuming. Each RCOH is planned to take 46 months. — from Wikipedia <<<

So the Stennis is at the end of the first half of its usable life, and sinking it now will save billions of overhaul dollars AND start the desired war with Iran.

I also ran across a Press TV article that said the Stennis will spend the next two months in the Persian Gulf (and that time will certainly be extended if a crisis develops). This means that even if nothing happens this week, the “carrier down” card will remain in the globalists’ hand for play at any time in the coming weeks.

(7 December 2018) – Today, let’s take a deeper look at the ways the US/Israel/Saudi cabal can nuke the Stennis and blame Iran for it. We’ll start with…

Method of Attack 1: They may use an “Iranian” ballistic missile fired out of Yemen, Lebanon, Iraq, or Iran, with Iraq being the most likely choice.

In the original Wall Street Journal article on the Stennis’ deployment, it was suggested that it is being done to “exhibit a show of force against Iran,” with one of the precipitating factors being “Iran’s latest ballistic missile tests.” The article went on to mention the n-word…

>>> On Monday, the Trump administration urged Europe to impose new sanctions on Iran after it test fired a medium-range ballistic missile considered capable of carrying nuclear warheads that could reach parts of the European continent. <<<

Now if we recall what we read in the congressional testimony earlier in this entry, it has been suggested that North Korea may have given Iran nuclear warheads that are compatible with the Shahab-3 ballistic missile. And Israel claims that Iran has been testing the medium-range Shahab-3s this year. On top of all this, The Hill ran an article just this week that says Iran “probably” has nuclear warheads for the Shahab-3…

>>> Washington officialdom believes Iran does not yet have nuclear weapons based on little more than wishful thinking.

Two years ago, senior Reagan and Clinton administration officials warned that Iran probably already has nuclear weapons…

Iran probably has nuclear warheads for the Shahab-III medium-range missile, which they tested for making EMP attacks… And at a time of its choosing, Iran could launch a surprise EMP (electromagnetic pulse) attack against the United States by satellite, as they have apparently practiced with help from North Korea.” <<<

So the mainstream media are not only suggesting Iran already has nuclear-armed Shahab-3s, but they’re also laying down the preparatory propaganda for an “Iranian” EMP attack on the US (we’ll get to that later). And the specific variant of the Shahab-3 that will likely be blamed for a ballistic missile sinking of the Stennis would be the “Emad”…

>>> The Emad (Pillar) surface-to-surface missile, designed and built by Iranian experts, is the country’s first long-range missile that can be precision-guided until it reaches its target, said Brig. Gen. Hossein Dehqan, Iran’s defense minister…

Anthony Cordesman, a researcher at the Center for Strategic and International Studies, wrote in October last year that the Emad was a variant of Iran’s existing Shahab-3 long-range missile, “but with a maneuvering reentry vehicle to improve system accuracy and complicate missile defense.”

The liquid-propelled rocket had a range of 1,700 kilometers (1,056 miles) and was accurate to within 500 meters (1,640 feet) of the target. — from CNN <<<

It just so happens that 500 meters is the “sure kill” radius of a 10-kiloton nuke. So if the warhead blows within 500 meters of the Stennis, the ship would be totaled by the air blast; if it blows within 200 meters, the ship would be consumed by the nuclear fireball.

(6 December 2018) – I am in the process of researching and writing more about the four ways the false-flaggers can put a nuke near the Stennis, and I came across Israel’s Sparrow “target” missile…

The Sparrow is an air-launched ballistic missile specifically designed to simulate the flight characteristics of Iran’s Shahab-3, and it has a modular warhead section. So it could be fired from an Israeli aircraft over Lebanon, Iraq, Yemen or even Iran to simulate an Iranian Shahab-3 nuclear attack against the Stennis.

To understand the true capabilities of the Israeli Sparrow, have a look at a similar missile developed by the Russians, the Kh-47M2 Kinzhal

Since it looks like I’ll be unable to complete the new section today (the research keeps ballooning on me), let me mention one other key bit of information about “Iran’s” possible use of a stealth drone as the warhead platform:

Iran’s Shahed S-171 Simorgh drone was designed to be a full-scale copy of the CIA’s RQ-170 drone that was lost over Iran back in 2011. So to stage a false-flag with what appears to be a Simorgh, all the plotters need do is repaint one of the CIA’s RQ-170s with Iranian markings, replace the surveillance equipment package with a compact 10 kiloton warhead, and send it on its merry way. Such a strike would thus eventually be revealed as a joint CIA-Mossad false-flag conducted with a CIA drone and a Mossad warhead.

(7 December 2018) – As I continue looking into this thing, it is becoming clear that the false-flag nuking of the Stennis is meant to scare Europe into joining a war in Lebanon and Syria (both these nations are purported to host Quds Force / Hezbollah missile factories). It will also play into the globalists prophecy fulfillment plan.

The Iranian missile that was tested last week was most likely the Khorramshahr, which is supposedly capable of carrying multiple warheads and may have an actual range of 2,500 km. This would put Rome within range of a Khorramshahr based in Lebanon…

…from Google Maps

And that particular development is interesting in light of one of the prophecies the globalists are trying to fulfill…

>>>the “kings of the earthgather in Rome, possibly during a papal conclave, and are killed by fiery stones or missiles from the sky. <<<

MIRVed warheads look like fiery stones falling from the sky, don’t they? And can you guess what’s happening early next year?…

>>> …a February conclave of world Catholic leaders meets in Rome [on the Church’s sexual abuse problem]…” – from WTOP.com <<<

So the Catholic “kings of the earth” will gather in a conclave in Rome from February 21-24, and their destruction by “Iranian” MIRVs would be a great lead-in to March, which is the next potential globalist climax point.

(28 December 2018) – Qasem Soleimani is set to be assassinated after the planned Israeli false-flags against the USS Stennis and/or Rome. This faked assassination will lead to his later “resurrection” as the recognized Imam Mahdi, in keeping with the globalists’ prophecy fulfillment plan.


SUBJECT: The false-flag “Houthi” cruise missile attack

I first wrote about the coming Israeli-Saudi-“US Deep State” false-flag attack on US and Israeli targets back in October of 2017. Here is a key section from that entry…

Saudi Arabia would move one or more black market ground-launched cruise missiles across the Yemeni border and sneak it into a sparsely populated part of Houthi-controlled territory (the Houthis are Iranian allies). At the appointed time, the Saudis would launch the missile(s) at Al Udeid Air Base in Qatar. The attack would cause heavy casualties. And in its immediate aftermath, the US military would claim that the missile wreckage was that of the Iranian-made Soumar ground-launched cruise missile, and that “intelligence suggests the Iranians smuggled them into Yemen in order to conduct a sneak attack on the base.”

To understand why this false-flag scenario fits the situation so perfectly, imagine (just like a false-flag plotter would) that you are an Iranian general preparing a strike against US forces in your region. Then ask yourself two questions…

Question 1: What is the most valuable target to strike?

The answer is a no-brainer: Al Udeid Air Base…

…from CNN. Here is an excerpt…

The base houses the forward headquarters of the US Air Force Central Command, Combined Air and Space Operations Center and the 379th Air Expedition Wing.

The Combined Air and Space Operations Center (CAOC) oversees US military air power in Afghanistan, Syria, Iraq and 18 other nations, according to the Air Force.

Manned by personnel from the US Air Force, Army, Navy and Marines as well as coalition partner countries, the CAOC is “the nerve center” of air campaigns across the region, according to the Air Force.”

Question 2: If your enemy is expecting a high-flying ballistic missile threat from his front, what do you actually hit him with?

With a low-flying cruise missile from behind him of course. And from the perspective of Qatar, what lies 180 degrees opposite of Iran? Houthi-controlled western Yemen…

…from Google Maps

By answering these two simple questions, you are given the target of the attack, the weapon to be used, and the launching point.

Here are some other reasons this scenario fits the situation so well…

> There was a well-publicized dispute between Saudi Arabia and Qatar in recent months, and it centered around Qatar being too friendly with Iran. Before the situation calmed, Donald Trump supposedly stopped a Saudi attack on Qatar…

…from the Express (UK)

So this false-flag scenario would allow the Saudis to finally hit the Qataris (Qatari forces are also stationed at Al Udeid), and it would drive a wedge between Qatar and Iran (since Iran will be blamed for the strike). According to the bullsh*t geopolitical script (which exists to cover the actual globalist script), this attack would be a big, satisfying win for the Saudis.

> Saudi Arabian forces are currently in Yemen as combatants in their civil war. This means they can move things across the Saudi-Yemeni border at will, and they have a deep understanding of the situation on the ground there. It would therefore be quite easy for them to smuggle cruise missiles into the country and then sneak them into a poorly defended part of Houthi territory (shown in green)…

…from Wikipedia

> There is a well-developed propaganda narrative which states that Iran is smuggling weapons into Yemen (which they probably are, since they have to support their allies). Recently, the propaganda has stated that they are smuggling “increasingly potent weapons”…

…from Google News

So it will be easy to sell the public on the idea that Iran smuggled some cruise missiles in (which they probably haven’t). Cruise missiles are considerably smaller than ballistic missiles, and they require no big, specialized equipment to transport or launch them (a 40-foot cargo container and an improvised railing system will do). This makes them ideal for the purposes of this false-flag.

And sure enough, just two months after I wrote this, the press took the next step in the preparatory propaganda rollout for the attack…


…from Google News (top, bottom)

These news stories served to establish that the Houthis supposedly have a large number of Soumar cruise missiles, thus giving them the MEANS to sneak-attack Al Udeid AB. And since there are now rumors that America has moved / is moving their Combined Air Operations Center from Al Udeid AB to Prince Sultan Air Base in Saudi Arabia, it too has become a target.

As for the MOTIVE for “Iran” firing missiles at those places “through their Houthi proxy forces,” this is good for starters…

…from Jerusalem Online. This adds Israel to the list of cruise missile targets as well.

Now all that’s left for the globalists to do is create the OPPORTUNITY for the false-flag. More Iranian-killing air strikes in Syria by either the US or Israel would do…

…from ABC.net.au

“Houthi desperation” caused by the seizure of their key port would also work…

…from Eyewitness News

++++ANOTHER WRITING ON THIS SUBJECT++++

Here is news that came out recently to remind people that the “Iran-aligned Houthis in Yemen” have been firing missiles at their enemies: Iran-aligned Houthis in Yemen fire missiles at Saudi capital.

And here is some more news that started showing up recently: US special forces secretly deployed to assist Saudi Arabia in Yemen conflict. This US special forces presence near the Houthis serves two purposes…

  1. It establishes a reason for the Houthis to fire missiles at American bases. Prince Sultan Air Base in Saudi Arabia, Al Udeid Air Base in Qatar, and/or the Eskan Village Compound in Saudi Arabia may be targeted in the false-flag.
  2. It provides expert American personnel on the ground to assist the Saudis in firing off the cruise missiles that will be used in the attack. Since the Iranian Soumar cruise missile is a copy of the Soviet KH-55, the false-flag will likely utilize KH-55s that the Israelis have modified for ground launch and decorated with Iranian markings.

SUBJECT: North Korean Submarines and Nuclear 9/11

A reader sent me a link to this…

…from DongA.com

This news about a potential Submarine Launched Ballistic Missile (SLBM) test is notable in that it establishes public awareness of a means by which a regional EMP strike on America can be staged. To see what I mean, have a look at this section from a 2013 propaganda piece on North Korea’s missile technology and EMP threat…

“An EMP warhead launched from the Gulf of Mexico, detonated at an altitude of 400 kilometers (250 miles) could shutdown America’s vital electric grids. A more modest EMP strike launched from a ship in the Atlantic, could easily detonate a super-EMP warhead at a 30-kilometer altitude (19 miles). This is high enough to cover an area of 600 kilometers (375 miles), and could take down the eastern portion of America’s electric grid, which alone provides 70 percent of America’s electric power supply.” – From the London Center for Policy Research (Michael Flynn’s old outfit)

So if the North Koreans do an SLBM test in the days ahead, the public will be reminded that they have such a capability, and that fresh awareness will afford the globalists the option of blaming a North Korean SLBM fired from the Atlantic for the EMP event. The test would also bring attention to the “threat” posed by North Korean subs in general.

Now let’s take a moment to think through the different options for the “Dual Strike-Double Tap” attacks on New York and Washington, DC…

For the dual nuclear strike on the cities, the best option remains the nuke-carrying minisub or swimmer delivery vehicle (SDV) approach I first outlined back in April

In New York, a small “North Korean” sub or SDV loaded with a nuclear weapon would travel submerged up the East River, surface right next to the UN, then pop off its nuke. The same thing would happen on the Potomac River in Washington. The “Deep State” would ensure that the defenses are down in both places, just like they did for the first 9/11.

The reason this is the best approach is that the nuclear explosions would happen with no warning, thus catching Trump, Congress, and the UN staff above ground. If they were to instead use seaborne or land-based ballistic or cruise missiles for the strikes, there would be somewhere between 5 to 30 minutes of warning, giving Trump and perhaps Congress time to evacuate the strike zone or get to a bunker.

For the Double Tap element of the attack (the nuclear explosions being the first tap, and the EMP strike being the second), there are three ways to do it…

> With one or more SLBMs fired from one or more of North Korea’s “missing subs.”

> With one or both of North Korea’s “EMP satellites,” KMS-3-2 and KMS-4. Each of these satellites passes over the United States 2-3 times per day. So to stage a regional EMP strike, they’d have to give commands to the satellite to adjust its orbit so it would fly over the Northeast and descend to a lower altitude.

> With an ICBM that our missile defenses can’t stop, either because the interceptors fail (the reports of the recent failure of Saudi Arabia’s American missile interceptors are preparatory propaganda for this) or it is flown over the South Pole instead of the North Pole (the preparatory propaganda for this is offered by the London Center article we just looked at)…

“The North has been given technology assistance by Russia, via Iran, concerning what the former Soviet Union developed in the 1960s, the Fractional Orbital Bombardment System (FOBS).

FOBS could launch a weapon from North Korea into a satellite orbit passing over the south polar region, suddenly descending into the U.S. on a track outside the cone of coverage of our current land-based missile defense radars. Our radars were deployed to deflect an ICBM attack passing over the north polar region.”

As I’ve mentioned before, a sub-orbital nuclear EMP explosion would have some scattered effects on electrical systems within the targeted area. But the vast majority of the system shutdowns would come from the globalist microchip kill codes broadcast immediately after the nuclear pulse.

Interestingly, if the globalists follow the “blow their fu*king minds” path, they might also broadcast “wake codes” to resurrect first the power grid, then the bricked electrical devices (once they receive power). These “magical repairs” would be carried out by the fake ETs using “advanced technology beyond current human understanding” (a microwave transmitter and a keypad).

Like it or not, fake aliens / GMO humans / glopps (globalist pod persons) WILL show up sooner or later. It is a necessary part of the prophecy fulfillment plan. That’s why they’ve invested so much time and money into science fiction programming and UFO disclosure.

++++ANOTHER WRITING ON THIS SUBJECT++++

Here’s another thing I’ve been thinking about: if “Kim Jong-Un” nukes Washington, DC and New York, would he (or the “Deep State” using him as cover) leave Tokyo and Seoul untouched? There is a good possibility that all four cities would be targeted. In Asian numerology, 4 is a number associated with death.

So what would happen to Beijing?

The American counterstrike would definitely take out Pyongyang, but it won’t likely target Beijing even if the Chinese are fighting on the North Korean side. Nuking Beijing in the immediate counterstrike would trigger a full-scale nuclear war, and the globalists don’t want that. They want the short (14 day or less) war to build towards a climax in which full-scale nuclear war is imminent, and that’s when the “Progressive Deep State good guys” will step in to stop it by taking down President Pence.

Once it’s over, China’s three main rivals in Asia (the US, Japan and South Korea) would be greatly weakened. This would be the globalists’ New World Order inaugural gift to the Chinese. But who will be the Chinese leader who accepts the gift, Xi Jinping or Li Keqiang? Will Xi be ousted over the damage China suffers from the war like I’ve been expecting?

The Jewish UN Under-Secretary-General Jeffrey Feltman visited North Korea from Tuesday to Friday last week. He may have been there to give Kim Jong Un new instructions. Is this the beginning of a globalist retreat? Only time will tell.

I just ran across some chatter on the net about the Arab states moving in unison away from the petrodollar and towards the petroyuan to punish the US for its Jerusalem move. Will this be discussed at the Turkey summit this Wednesday? And RT is featuring an article that talks about a BRICS move to get their gold standard going. Those are some mighty ominous economic storm clouds on the horizon.